1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 15 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 27 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 30 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 31 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 32 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering. 33 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 34 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled() 35 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 36 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 42 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 43 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 44 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" 45 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 46 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 47 #include <algorithm> 48 #include <cstring> 49 #include <functional> 50 51 using namespace clang; 52 using namespace sema; 53 54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 55 if (OwnedType) { 56 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 57 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 58 } 59 60 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 61 } 62 63 namespace { 64 65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 66 public: 67 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass = false, 68 bool AllowTemplates = false, 69 bool AllowNonTemplates = true) 70 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass), 71 AllowTemplates(AllowTemplates), AllowNonTemplates(AllowNonTemplates) { 72 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 73 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 74 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 75 } 76 77 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 78 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) { 79 if (!AllowInvalidDecl && ND->isInvalidDecl()) 80 return false; 81 82 if (getAsTypeTemplateDecl(ND)) 83 return AllowTemplates; 84 85 bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); 86 if (!IsType) 87 return false; 88 89 if (AllowNonTemplates) 90 return true; 91 92 // An injected-class-name of a class template (specialization) is valid 93 // as a template or as a non-template. 94 if (AllowTemplates) { 95 auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND); 96 if (!RD || !RD->isInjectedClassName()) 97 return false; 98 RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD->getDeclContext()); 99 return RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() || 100 isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD); 101 } 102 103 return false; 104 } 105 106 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 107 } 108 109 private: 110 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 111 bool WantClassName; 112 bool AllowTemplates; 113 bool AllowNonTemplates; 114 }; 115 116 } // end anonymous namespace 117 118 /// Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 119 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 120 switch (Kind) { 121 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 122 // token kind is a valid type specifier 123 case tok::kw_short: 124 case tok::kw_long: 125 case tok::kw___int64: 126 case tok::kw___int128: 127 case tok::kw_signed: 128 case tok::kw_unsigned: 129 case tok::kw_void: 130 case tok::kw_char: 131 case tok::kw_int: 132 case tok::kw_half: 133 case tok::kw_float: 134 case tok::kw_double: 135 case tok::kw__Float16: 136 case tok::kw___float128: 137 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 138 case tok::kw_bool: 139 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 140 case tok::kw___auto_type: 141 return true; 142 143 case tok::annot_typename: 144 case tok::kw_char16_t: 145 case tok::kw_char32_t: 146 case tok::kw_typeof: 147 case tok::annot_decltype: 148 case tok::kw_decltype: 149 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 150 151 case tok::kw_char8_t: 152 return getLangOpts().Char8; 153 154 default: 155 break; 156 } 157 158 return false; 159 } 160 161 namespace { 162 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult { 163 NotFound, 164 FoundNonType, 165 FoundType 166 }; 167 } // end anonymous namespace 168 169 /// Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for 170 /// dependent class. 171 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a 172 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found. 173 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult 174 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II, 175 SourceLocation NameLoc, 176 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) { 177 if (!RD->hasDefinition()) 178 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 179 // Look for type decls in base classes. 180 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 181 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 182 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) { 183 const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr; 184 if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>()) 185 BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 186 else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { 187 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 188 // templates. 189 if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType()) 190 continue; 191 auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl(); 192 if (!TD) 193 continue; 194 if (auto *BasePrimaryTemplate = 195 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl())) { 196 if (BasePrimaryTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl()) 197 BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate; 198 else if (auto *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD)) { 199 if (const ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS = 200 CTD->findPartialSpecialization(Base.getType())) 201 if (PS->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl()) 202 BaseRD = PS; 203 } 204 } 205 } 206 if (BaseRD) { 207 for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) { 208 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND)) 209 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 210 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 211 } 212 if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) { 213 switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) { 214 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType: 215 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 216 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType: 217 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 218 break; 219 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound: 220 break; 221 } 222 } 223 } 224 } 225 226 return FoundTypeDecl; 227 } 228 229 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S, 230 const IdentifierInfo &II, 231 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 232 // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any. 233 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr; 234 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 235 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 236 for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; 237 DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 238 DC = DC->getParent()) { 239 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 240 // templates. 241 RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 242 if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 243 FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD); 244 } 245 if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType) 246 return nullptr; 247 248 // We found some types in dependent base classes. Recover as if the user 249 // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'. We'll fully resolve the 250 // lookup during template instantiation. 251 S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II; 252 253 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 254 auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false, 255 cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD))); 256 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II); 257 258 CXXScopeSpec SS; 259 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 260 261 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 262 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 263 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 264 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 265 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 266 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 267 } 268 269 /// If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 270 /// return the declaration of that type. 271 /// 272 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 273 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 274 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 275 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 276 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 277 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 278 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 279 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 280 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 281 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 282 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 283 bool IsClassTemplateDeductionContext, 284 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 285 // FIXME: Consider allowing this outside C++1z mode as an extension. 286 bool AllowDeducedTemplate = IsClassTemplateDeductionContext && 287 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 && !IsCtorOrDtorName && 288 !isClassName && !HasTrailingDot; 289 290 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 291 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 292 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 293 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 294 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 295 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 296 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 297 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 298 299 if (!LookupCtx) { 300 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 301 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 302 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 303 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 304 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 305 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 306 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 307 // 308 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 309 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 310 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 311 return nullptr; 312 313 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 314 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 315 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 316 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 317 318 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 319 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 320 II, NameLoc); 321 return ParsedType::make(T); 322 } 323 324 return nullptr; 325 } 326 327 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 328 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 329 return nullptr; 330 } 331 332 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 333 // lookup for class-names. 334 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 335 LookupOrdinaryName; 336 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 337 if (LookupCtx) { 338 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 339 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 340 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 341 // nested-name-specifier. 342 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 343 344 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 345 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 346 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 347 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 348 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 349 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 350 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 351 LookupName(Result, S); 352 } 353 } else { 354 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 355 LookupName(Result, S); 356 357 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 358 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 359 if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) { 360 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 361 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc)) 362 return TypeInBase; 363 } 364 } 365 366 NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr; 367 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 368 case LookupResult::NotFound: 369 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 370 if (CorrectedII) { 371 TypoCorrection Correction = 372 CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, S, SS, 373 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>( 374 true, isClassName, AllowDeducedTemplate), 375 CTK_ErrorRecovery); 376 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 377 TemplateTy Template; 378 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 379 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 380 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 381 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 382 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 383 if (SS && NNS) { 384 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 385 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 386 } 387 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 388 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 389 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 390 // is handled elsewhere). 391 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 392 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, nullptr, false, 393 Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 394 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 395 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 396 IsCtorOrDtorName, 397 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 398 IsClassTemplateDeductionContext); 399 if (Ty) { 400 diagnoseTypo(Correction, 401 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 402 << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName); 403 if (SS && NNS) 404 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 405 *CorrectedII = NewII; 406 return Ty; 407 } 408 } 409 } 410 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 411 LLVM_FALLTHROUGH; 412 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 413 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 414 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 415 return nullptr; 416 417 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 418 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 419 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 420 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 421 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 422 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 423 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 424 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 425 return nullptr; 426 } 427 428 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 429 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 430 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 431 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res) || 432 (AllowDeducedTemplate && getAsTypeTemplateDecl(*Res))) { 433 if (!IIDecl || 434 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 435 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 436 IIDecl = *Res; 437 } 438 } 439 440 if (!IIDecl) { 441 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 442 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 443 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 444 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 445 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 446 // a type name. 447 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 448 return nullptr; 449 } 450 451 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 452 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 453 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 454 // perform the name lookup again. 455 break; 456 457 case LookupResult::Found: 458 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 459 break; 460 } 461 462 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 463 464 QualType T; 465 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 466 // C++ [class.qual]p2: A lookup that would find the injected-class-name 467 // instead names the constructors of the class, except when naming a class. 468 // This is ill-formed when we're not actually forming a ctor or dtor name. 469 auto *LookupRD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx); 470 auto *FoundRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TD); 471 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName && LookupRD && FoundRD && 472 FoundRD->isInjectedClassName() && 473 declaresSameEntity(LookupRD, cast<Decl>(FoundRD->getParent()))) 474 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_out_of_line_qualified_id_type_names_constructor) 475 << &II << /*Type*/1; 476 477 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 478 479 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 480 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false); 481 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 482 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 483 if (!HasTrailingDot) 484 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 485 } else if (AllowDeducedTemplate) { 486 if (auto *TD = getAsTypeTemplateDecl(IIDecl)) 487 T = Context.getDeducedTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName(TD), 488 QualType(), false); 489 } 490 491 if (T.isNull()) { 492 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 493 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 494 return nullptr; 495 } 496 497 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 498 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 499 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 500 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName && 501 !isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 502 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 503 // Construct a type with type-source information. 504 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 505 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 506 507 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 508 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 509 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 510 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 511 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 512 } else { 513 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 514 } 515 } 516 517 return ParsedType::make(T); 518 } 519 520 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context. 521 static NestedNameSpecifier * 522 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) { 523 for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 524 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 525 auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 526 if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace()) 527 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND); 528 else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 529 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 530 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 531 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 532 return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context); 533 } 534 llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?"); 535 } 536 537 /// Find the parent class with dependent bases of the innermost enclosing method 538 /// context. Do not look for enclosing CXXRecordDecls directly, or we will end 539 /// up allowing unqualified dependent type names at class-level, which MSVC 540 /// correctly rejects. 541 static const CXXRecordDecl * 542 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(const DeclContext *DC) { 543 for (; DC && DC->isDependentContext(); DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 544 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 545 if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) 546 if (MD->getParent()->hasAnyDependentBases()) 547 return MD->getParent(); 548 } 549 return nullptr; 550 } 551 552 ParsedType Sema::ActOnMSVCUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 553 SourceLocation NameLoc, 554 bool IsTemplateTypeArg) { 555 assert(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && "shouldn't be called in non-MSVC mode"); 556 557 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = nullptr; 558 if (IsTemplateTypeArg && getCurScope()->isTemplateParamScope()) { 559 // If we weren't able to parse a default template argument, delay lookup 560 // until instantiation time by making a non-dependent DependentTypeName. We 561 // pretend we saw a NestedNameSpecifier referring to the current scope, and 562 // lookup is retried. 563 // FIXME: This hurts our diagnostic quality, since we get errors like "no 564 // type named 'Foo' in 'current_namespace'" when the user didn't write any 565 // name specifiers. 566 NNS = synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext); 567 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II; 568 } else if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = 569 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(CurContext)) { 570 // Build a DependentNameType that will perform lookup into RD at 571 // instantiation time. 572 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 573 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 574 575 // Diagnose that this identifier was undeclared, and retry the lookup during 576 // template instantiation. 577 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_undeclared_unqual_id_with_dependent_base) << &II 578 << RD; 579 } else { 580 // This is not a situation that we should recover from. 581 return ParsedType(); 582 } 583 584 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II); 585 586 // Build type location information. We synthesized the qualifier, so we have 587 // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc. 588 NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder; 589 NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 590 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context); 591 592 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 593 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 594 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 595 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 596 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc); 597 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 598 } 599 600 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 601 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 602 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 603 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 604 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 605 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 606 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 607 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 608 LookupName(R, S, false); 609 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 610 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 611 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 612 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 613 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 614 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 615 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 616 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 617 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 618 } 619 } 620 621 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 622 } 623 624 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 625 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 626 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 627 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 628 /// @code 629 /// template<class T> class A { 630 /// public: 631 /// typedef int TYPE; 632 /// }; 633 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 634 /// public: 635 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 636 /// }; 637 /// @endcode 638 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 639 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 640 if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super) 641 return true; 642 643 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 644 645 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 646 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) 647 if (Ty && Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType())) 648 return true; 649 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 650 } 651 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 652 } 653 654 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 655 SourceLocation IILoc, 656 Scope *S, 657 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 658 ParsedType &SuggestedType, 659 bool IsTemplateName) { 660 // Don't report typename errors for editor placeholders. 661 if (II->isEditorPlaceholder()) 662 return; 663 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 664 SuggestedType = nullptr; 665 666 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 667 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 668 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = 669 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 670 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>( 671 false, false, IsTemplateName, !IsTemplateName), 672 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 673 // FIXME: Support error recovery for the template-name case. 674 bool CanRecover = !IsTemplateName; 675 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 676 // We corrected to a keyword. 677 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 678 PDiag(IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template_suggest 679 : diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 680 << II); 681 II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 682 } else { 683 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 684 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { 685 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 686 PDiag(IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template_suggest 687 : diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 688 << II, CanRecover); 689 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 690 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 691 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 692 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 693 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 694 PDiag(IsTemplateName 695 ? diag::err_no_member_template_suggest 696 : diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 697 << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange(), 698 CanRecover); 699 } else { 700 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 701 } 702 703 if (!CanRecover) 704 return; 705 706 CXXScopeSpec tmpSS; 707 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 708 tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(), 709 SourceRange(IILoc)); 710 // FIXME: Support class template argument deduction here. 711 SuggestedType = 712 getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), IILoc, S, 713 tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, false, nullptr, 714 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 715 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 716 } 717 return; 718 } 719 720 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !IsTemplateName) { 721 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 722 UnqualifiedId Name; 723 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 724 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 725 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 726 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 727 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 728 Name, nullptr, true, TemplateResult, 729 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 730 diagnoseMissingTemplateArguments(TemplateResult.get(), IILoc); 731 return; 732 } 733 } 734 735 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 736 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 737 738 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 739 Diag(IILoc, IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template 740 : diag::err_unknown_typename) 741 << II; 742 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 743 Diag(IILoc, IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_member_template 744 : diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 745 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 746 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 747 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 748 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 749 DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing; 750 751 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 752 << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 753 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 754 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 755 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 756 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 757 } else { 758 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 759 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 760 } 761 } 762 763 /// Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 764 /// or 765 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 766 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 767 NextToken.is(tok::less); 768 769 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 770 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 771 return true; 772 773 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 774 return true; 775 } 776 777 return false; 778 } 779 780 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 781 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 782 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 783 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 784 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 785 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 786 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 787 StringRef FixItTagName; 788 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 789 case TTK_Class: 790 FixItTagName = "class "; 791 break; 792 793 case TTK_Enum: 794 FixItTagName = "enum "; 795 break; 796 797 case TTK_Struct: 798 FixItTagName = "struct "; 799 break; 800 801 case TTK_Interface: 802 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 803 break; 804 805 case TTK_Union: 806 FixItTagName = "union "; 807 break; 808 } 809 810 StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back(); 811 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 812 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 813 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 814 815 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 816 I != IEnd; ++I) 817 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 818 << Name << TagName; 819 820 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 821 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 822 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 823 return true; 824 } 825 826 return false; 827 } 828 829 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 830 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 831 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 832 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 833 834 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 835 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 836 837 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 838 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 839 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 840 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 841 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 842 } 843 844 Sema::NameClassification 845 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name, 846 SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken, 847 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 848 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC) { 849 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 850 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 851 852 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 853 NestedNameSpecInfo IdInfo(Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation()); 854 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, IdInfo, false, SS, nullptr, false); 855 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && SS.isSet() && 856 isCurrentClassName(*Name, S, &SS)) { 857 // Per [class.qual]p2, this names the constructors of SS, not the 858 // injected-class-name. We don't have a classification for that. 859 // There's not much point caching this result, since the parser 860 // will reject it later. 861 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 862 } 863 864 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 865 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 866 867 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 868 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 869 if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 870 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 871 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc)) 872 return TypeInBase; 873 } 874 875 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 876 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 877 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 878 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 879 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 880 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 881 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 882 return E; 883 } 884 885 bool SecondTry = false; 886 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 887 888 Corrected: 889 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 890 case LookupResult::NotFound: 891 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 892 // call. 893 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 894 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 895 // FIXME: Reference? 896 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 897 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 898 899 // C90 6.3.2.2: 900 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 901 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 902 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 903 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 904 // the function call, the declaration 905 // 906 // extern int identifier (); 907 // 908 // appeared. 909 // 910 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 911 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 912 Result.addDecl(D); 913 Result.resolveKind(); 914 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 915 } 916 } 917 918 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 919 // which case it's likely that the user just forgot to write "enum", 920 // "struct", or "union". 921 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 922 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 923 break; 924 } 925 926 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 927 // close to this name. 928 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 929 SecondTry = true; 930 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 931 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 932 &SS, std::move(CCC), 933 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 934 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 935 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 936 937 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getFoundDecl(); 938 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 939 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 940 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 941 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 942 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 943 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 944 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 945 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 946 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 947 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 948 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 949 } 950 951 if (SS.isEmpty()) { 952 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name); 953 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 954 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 955 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 956 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 957 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag) 958 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) 959 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange()); 960 } 961 962 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 963 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 964 965 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 966 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 967 return Name; 968 969 // Also update the LookupResult... 970 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 971 Result.clear(); 972 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 973 if (FirstDecl) 974 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 975 976 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 977 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 978 // reference the ivar. 979 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 980 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 981 Result.clear(); 982 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 983 return E; 984 } 985 986 goto Corrected; 987 } 988 } 989 990 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 991 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 992 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 993 994 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 995 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 996 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 997 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 998 999 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 1000 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 1001 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 1002 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 1003 // qualified by the keyword typename. 1004 // 1005 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 1006 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 1007 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 1008 // keyword here. 1009 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 1010 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 1011 /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); 1012 } 1013 1014 case LookupResult::Found: 1015 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 1016 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 1017 break; 1018 1019 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 1020 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 1021 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 1022 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 1023 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 1024 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 1025 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 1026 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 1027 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 1028 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 1029 // ambiguous. 1030 // 1031 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 1032 // so try again after filtering out template names. 1033 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 1034 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 1035 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 1036 break; 1037 } 1038 } 1039 1040 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 1041 return NameClassification::Error(); 1042 } 1043 1044 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 1045 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 1046 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 1047 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 1048 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 1049 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 1050 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 1051 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 1052 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 1053 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 1054 1055 if (!Result.empty()) { 1056 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 1057 bool IsVarTemplate; 1058 TemplateName Template; 1059 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 1060 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 1061 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 1062 Result.end()); 1063 } else { 1064 TemplateDecl *TD 1065 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 1066 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 1067 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); 1068 1069 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 1070 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 1071 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 1072 TD); 1073 else 1074 Template = TemplateName(TD); 1075 } 1076 1077 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 1078 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 1079 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 1080 // to based on which function we selected. 1081 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 1082 1083 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 1084 } 1085 1086 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) 1087 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 1088 } 1089 } 1090 1091 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 1092 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 1093 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1094 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 1095 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1096 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1097 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1098 return ParsedType::make(T); 1099 } 1100 1101 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 1102 if (!Class) { 1103 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 1104 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias = 1105 dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1106 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 1107 } 1108 1109 if (Class) { 1110 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 1111 1112 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 1113 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 1114 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 1115 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 1116 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 1117 } 1118 1119 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 1120 return ParsedType::make(T); 1121 } 1122 1123 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 1124 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && 1125 !isa<VarTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1126 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 1127 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 1128 1129 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 1130 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 1131 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star); 1132 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 1133 (NextIsOp && 1134 FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 1135 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 1136 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1137 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1138 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1139 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1140 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1141 return ParsedType::make(T); 1142 } 1143 1144 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 1145 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 1146 nullptr, S); 1147 1148 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 1149 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 1150 } 1151 1152 Sema::TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics 1153 Sema::getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TemplateName Name) { 1154 auto *TD = Name.getAsTemplateDecl(); 1155 if (!TD) 1156 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::DependentTemplate; 1157 if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1158 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::ClassTemplate; 1159 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1160 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::FunctionTemplate; 1161 if (isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1162 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::VarTemplate; 1163 if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1164 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::AliasTemplate; 1165 if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(TD)) 1166 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::TemplateTemplateParam; 1167 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::DependentTemplate; 1168 } 1169 1170 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 1171 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 1172 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 1173 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 1174 1175 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 1176 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 1177 // the context we'll need to return to. 1178 // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated 1179 // as an inline member function. A Lambda can be used legally 1180 // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument. These 1181 // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing 1182 // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one); 1183 // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an 1184 // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or 1185 // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the 1186 // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class). 1187 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) { 1188 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 1189 1190 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 1191 // lexical context. 1192 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 1193 return DC; 1194 1195 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 1196 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 1197 // class is the context we need to return to. 1198 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 1199 DC = RD; 1200 1201 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 1202 // declared in. 1203 return DC; 1204 } 1205 1206 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 1207 } 1208 1209 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1210 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 1211 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1212 CurContext = DC; 1213 S->setEntity(DC); 1214 } 1215 1216 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 1217 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1218 1219 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 1220 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1221 } 1222 1223 Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, 1224 Decl *D) { 1225 // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily 1226 // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing 1227 // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one. 1228 auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext); 1229 CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition(); 1230 assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag"); 1231 // Start lookups from the parent of the current context; we don't want to look 1232 // into the pre-existing complete definition. 1233 S->setEntity(CurContext->getLookupParent()); 1234 return Result; 1235 } 1236 1237 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) { 1238 CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context); 1239 } 1240 1241 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1242 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1243 /// 1244 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1245 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 1246 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 1247 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 1248 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 1249 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 1250 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 1251 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 1252 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 1253 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 1254 // namespace. 1255 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 1256 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 1257 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 1258 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 1259 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 1260 1261 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 1262 1263 #ifndef NDEBUG 1264 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1265 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1266 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 1267 #endif 1268 1269 CurContext = DC; 1270 S->setEntity(DC); 1271 } 1272 1273 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 1274 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 1275 1276 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 1277 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 1278 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1279 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1280 CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity(); 1281 1282 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 1283 // disappear. 1284 } 1285 1286 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 1287 // We assume that the caller has already called 1288 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works. 1289 FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction(); 1290 if (!FD) 1291 return; 1292 1293 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 1294 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 1295 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 1296 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1297 CurContext = FD; 1298 S->setEntity(CurContext); 1299 1300 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 1301 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 1302 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 1303 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 1304 S->AddDecl(Param); 1305 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 1306 } 1307 } 1308 } 1309 1310 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1311 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1312 // rather than the top-level class. 1313 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1314 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1315 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1316 } 1317 1318 /// Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1319 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1320 /// 1321 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1322 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1323 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1324 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1325 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1326 /// attribute. 1327 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1328 ASTContext &Context, 1329 const FunctionDecl *New) { 1330 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1331 return true; 1332 1333 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1334 return true; 1335 1336 return Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found && 1337 (Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() || 1338 New->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1339 } 1340 1341 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1342 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1343 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1344 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1345 // scope. 1346 while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) 1347 S = S->getParent(); 1348 1349 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1350 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1351 // into any context. 1352 if (AddToContext) 1353 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1354 1355 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they 1356 // are function-local declarations. 1357 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && 1358 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1359 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 1360 !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1361 return; 1362 1363 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1364 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1365 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1366 return; 1367 1368 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1369 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1370 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1371 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1372 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1373 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1374 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1375 1376 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1377 break; 1378 } 1379 } 1380 1381 S->AddDecl(D); 1382 1383 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1384 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1385 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1386 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1387 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1388 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1389 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1390 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1391 continue; 1392 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1393 break; 1394 } 1395 1396 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1397 } else { 1398 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1399 } 1400 } 1401 1402 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1403 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1404 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1405 } 1406 1407 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1408 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1409 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace); 1410 } 1411 1412 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1413 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1414 do { 1415 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity()) 1416 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1417 return S; 1418 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1419 1420 return nullptr; 1421 } 1422 1423 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1424 DeclContext*, 1425 ASTContext&); 1426 1427 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1428 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1429 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1430 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1431 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1432 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1433 while (F.hasNext()) { 1434 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1435 1436 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace)) 1437 continue; 1438 1439 if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1440 continue; 1441 1442 F.erase(); 1443 } 1444 1445 F.done(); 1446 } 1447 1448 /// We've determined that \p New is a redeclaration of \p Old. Check that they 1449 /// have compatible owning modules. 1450 bool Sema::CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(NamedDecl *New, NamedDecl *Old) { 1451 // FIXME: The Modules TS is not clear about how friend declarations are 1452 // to be treated. It's not meaningful to have different owning modules for 1453 // linkage in redeclarations of the same entity, so for now allow the 1454 // redeclaration and change the owning modules to match. 1455 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() && 1456 Old->getOwningModuleForLinkage() != New->getOwningModuleForLinkage()) { 1457 New->setLocalOwningModule(Old->getOwningModule()); 1458 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(New); 1459 return false; 1460 } 1461 1462 Module *NewM = New->getOwningModule(); 1463 Module *OldM = Old->getOwningModule(); 1464 if (NewM == OldM) 1465 return false; 1466 1467 // FIXME: Check proclaimed-ownership-declarations here too. 1468 bool NewIsModuleInterface = NewM && NewM->Kind == Module::ModuleInterfaceUnit; 1469 bool OldIsModuleInterface = OldM && OldM->Kind == Module::ModuleInterfaceUnit; 1470 if (NewIsModuleInterface || OldIsModuleInterface) { 1471 // C++ Modules TS [basic.def.odr] 6.2/6.7 [sic]: 1472 // if a declaration of D [...] appears in the purview of a module, all 1473 // other such declarations shall appear in the purview of the same module 1474 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_mismatched_owning_module) 1475 << New 1476 << NewIsModuleInterface 1477 << (NewIsModuleInterface ? NewM->getFullModuleName() : "") 1478 << OldIsModuleInterface 1479 << (OldIsModuleInterface ? OldM->getFullModuleName() : ""); 1480 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1481 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1482 return true; 1483 } 1484 1485 return false; 1486 } 1487 1488 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1489 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1490 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1491 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1492 } 1493 1494 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1495 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1496 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1497 while (F.hasNext()) 1498 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1499 F.erase(); 1500 1501 F.done(); 1502 } 1503 1504 /// Check for this common pattern: 1505 /// @code 1506 /// class S { 1507 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1508 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1509 /// }; 1510 /// @endcode 1511 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1512 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1513 // the decl here. 1514 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1515 return false; 1516 1517 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1518 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1519 return D->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1520 } 1521 1522 // We need this to handle 1523 // 1524 // typedef struct { 1525 // void *foo() { return 0; } 1526 // } A; 1527 // 1528 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1529 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1530 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end 1531 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage. 1532 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1533 // not. 1534 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1535 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1536 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1537 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1538 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1539 return true; 1540 } 1541 DC = DC->getParent(); 1542 } 1543 1544 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1545 } 1546 1547 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want 1548 // these semantics. 1549 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { 1550 if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete) 1551 return false; 1552 return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc); 1553 } 1554 1555 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1556 assert(D); 1557 1558 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1559 return false; 1560 1561 // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions 1562 // of members of class templates. 1563 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1564 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1565 return false; 1566 1567 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1568 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1569 return false; 1570 // A non-out-of-line declaration of a member specialization was implicitly 1571 // instantiated; it's the out-of-line declaration that we're interested in. 1572 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization && 1573 FD->getMemberSpecializationInfo() && !FD->isOutOfLine()) 1574 return false; 1575 1576 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1577 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1578 return false; 1579 } else { 1580 // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn. 1581 if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation())) 1582 return false; 1583 } 1584 1585 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1586 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1587 return false; 1588 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1589 // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal 1590 // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker 1591 // like "inline".) 1592 if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1593 return false; 1594 1595 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1596 return false; 1597 1598 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1599 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1600 return false; 1601 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1602 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization && 1603 VD->getMemberSpecializationInfo() && !VD->isOutOfLine()) 1604 return false; 1605 1606 if (VD->isInline() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1607 return false; 1608 } else { 1609 return false; 1610 } 1611 1612 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1613 // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function 1614 // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance. 1615 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1616 } 1617 1618 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1619 if (!D) 1620 return; 1621 1622 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1623 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl(); 1624 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1625 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1626 } 1627 1628 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1629 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); 1630 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1631 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1632 } 1633 1634 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1635 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1636 } 1637 1638 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1639 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1640 return false; 1641 1642 bool Referenced = false; 1643 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D)) { 1644 // For a decomposition declaration, warn if none of the bindings are 1645 // referenced, instead of if the variable itself is referenced (which 1646 // it is, by the bindings' expressions). 1647 for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) { 1648 if (BD->isReferenced()) { 1649 Referenced = true; 1650 break; 1651 } 1652 } 1653 } else if (!D->getDeclName()) { 1654 return false; 1655 } else if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed()) { 1656 Referenced = true; 1657 } 1658 1659 if (Referenced || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || 1660 D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>()) 1661 return false; 1662 1663 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1664 return true; 1665 1666 // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to 1667 // functions. 1668 bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod(); 1669 if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext())) 1670 // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred. 1671 WithinFunction = 1672 WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType()); 1673 if (!WithinFunction) 1674 return false; 1675 1676 if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) 1677 return true; 1678 1679 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1680 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D)) 1681 return false; 1682 1683 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1684 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1685 1686 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1687 const auto *Ty = VD->getType().getTypePtr(); 1688 1689 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1690 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1691 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1692 return false; 1693 } 1694 1695 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1696 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1697 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1698 return false; 1699 1700 // Look at the element type to ensure that the warning behaviour is 1701 // consistent for both scalars and arrays. 1702 Ty = Ty->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe(); 1703 1704 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1705 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1706 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1707 return false; 1708 1709 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1710 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1711 return false; 1712 1713 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1714 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = 1715 dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1716 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1717 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1718 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1719 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1720 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1721 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>() && 1722 (VD->getInit()->isValueDependent() || !VD->evaluateValue())) 1723 return false; 1724 } 1725 } 1726 } 1727 } 1728 1729 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1730 } 1731 1732 return true; 1733 } 1734 1735 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1736 FixItHint &Hint) { 1737 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1738 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1739 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1740 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1741 return; 1742 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1743 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1744 } 1745 } 1746 1747 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) { 1748 if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType()) 1749 return; 1750 1751 for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) { 1752 if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD)) 1753 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T); 1754 else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD)) 1755 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R); 1756 } 1757 } 1758 1759 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1760 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1761 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1762 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1763 return; 1764 1765 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { 1766 // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted 1767 // at end-of-translation-unit. 1768 UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD); 1769 return; 1770 } 1771 1772 FixItHint Hint; 1773 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1774 1775 unsigned DiagID; 1776 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1777 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1778 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1779 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1780 else 1781 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1782 1783 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D << Hint; 1784 } 1785 1786 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1787 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1788 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1789 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved 1790 // MS inline assembly label name. 1791 bool Diagnose = false; 1792 if (L->isMSAsmLabel()) 1793 Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel(); 1794 else 1795 Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr; 1796 if (Diagnose) 1797 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1798 } 1799 1800 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1801 S->mergeNRVOIntoParent(); 1802 1803 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1804 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1805 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1806 1807 for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) { 1808 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1809 1810 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1811 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1812 1813 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1814 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) { 1815 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1816 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D)) 1817 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD); 1818 } 1819 1820 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1821 1822 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1823 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1824 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1825 1826 // Remove this name from our lexical scope, and warn on it if we haven't 1827 // already. 1828 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1829 auto ShadowI = ShadowingDecls.find(D); 1830 if (ShadowI != ShadowingDecls.end()) { 1831 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowI->second)) { 1832 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_ctor_parm_shadows_field) 1833 << D << FD << FD->getParent(); 1834 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1835 } 1836 ShadowingDecls.erase(ShadowI); 1837 } 1838 } 1839 } 1840 1841 /// Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1842 /// 1843 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1844 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1845 /// to the fixed name. 1846 /// 1847 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1848 /// 1849 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1850 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1851 /// 1852 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1853 /// class could not be found. 1854 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1855 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1856 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1857 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1858 // creation from this context. 1859 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1860 1861 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1862 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1863 // find an Objective-C class name. 1864 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo( 1865 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr, 1866 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl>>(), 1867 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 1868 diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id); 1869 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1870 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1871 } 1872 } 1873 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1874 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1875 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1876 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1877 return Def; 1878 } 1879 1880 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1881 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1882 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1883 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1884 /// ill-formed in C++: 1885 /// @code 1886 /// struct S6 { 1887 /// enum { BAR } e; 1888 /// }; 1889 /// 1890 /// void test_S6() { 1891 /// struct S6 a; 1892 /// a.e = BAR; 1893 /// } 1894 /// @endcode 1895 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1896 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1897 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1898 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1899 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1900 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1901 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1902 /// contain non-field names. 1903 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1904 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1905 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) || 1906 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1907 S = S->getParent(); 1908 return S; 1909 } 1910 1911 /// Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1912 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1913 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1914 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1915 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1916 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1917 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1918 return; 1919 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1920 1921 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1922 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1923 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1924 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1925 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1926 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1927 } 1928 1929 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) { 1930 switch (Error) { 1931 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1932 return ""; 1933 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1934 return "stdio.h"; 1935 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1936 return "setjmp.h"; 1937 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1938 return "ucontext.h"; 1939 } 1940 llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind"); 1941 } 1942 1943 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1944 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1945 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1946 /// built-in. 1947 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 1948 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1949 SourceLocation Loc) { 1950 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1951 1952 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1953 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error); 1954 if (Error) { 1955 if (ForRedeclaration) 1956 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader) 1957 << getHeaderName(Error) << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1958 return nullptr; 1959 } 1960 1961 if (!ForRedeclaration && 1962 (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID) || 1963 Context.BuiltinInfo.isHeaderDependentFunction(ID))) { 1964 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1965 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID) << R; 1966 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) && 1967 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)) 1968 Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) 1969 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) 1970 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1971 } 1972 1973 if (R.isNull()) 1974 return nullptr; 1975 1976 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1977 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1978 LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = 1979 LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, 1980 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false); 1981 CLinkageDecl->setImplicit(); 1982 Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl); 1983 Parent = CLinkageDecl; 1984 } 1985 1986 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1987 Parent, 1988 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1989 SC_Extern, 1990 false, 1991 R->isFunctionProtoType()); 1992 New->setImplicit(); 1993 1994 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1995 // FunctionDecl. 1996 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1997 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1998 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 1999 ParmVarDecl *parm = 2000 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 2001 nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 2002 SC_None, nullptr); 2003 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 2004 Params.push_back(parm); 2005 } 2006 New->setParams(Params); 2007 } 2008 2009 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 2010 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S); 2011 2012 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 2013 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 2014 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 2015 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 2016 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 2017 CurContext = Parent; 2018 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 2019 CurContext = SavedContext; 2020 return New; 2021 } 2022 2023 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same 2024 /// entity if their types are the same. 2025 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's 2026 /// isSameEntity. 2027 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S, 2028 TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 2029 LookupResult &Previous) { 2030 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 2031 if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 2032 return; 2033 2034 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 2035 if (Previous.empty()) 2036 return; 2037 2038 LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter(); 2039 while (Filter.hasNext()) { 2040 NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next(); 2041 2042 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 2043 if (S.isVisible(Old)) 2044 continue; 2045 2046 // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have 2047 // different linkages. 2048 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 2049 if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(), 2050 Decl->getUnderlyingType())) 2051 continue; 2052 2053 // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage 2054 // purposes, then they declare the same entity. 2055 if (OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) && 2056 Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName()) 2057 continue; 2058 } 2059 2060 Filter.erase(); 2061 } 2062 2063 Filter.done(); 2064 } 2065 2066 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 2067 QualType OldType; 2068 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 2069 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 2070 else 2071 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 2072 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 2073 2074 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 2075 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 2076 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 2077 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 2078 << Kind << NewType; 2079 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 2080 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 2081 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2082 return true; 2083 } 2084 2085 if (OldType != NewType && 2086 !OldType->isDependentType() && 2087 !NewType->isDependentType() && 2088 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 2089 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 2090 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 2091 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 2092 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 2093 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 2094 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2095 return true; 2096 } 2097 return false; 2098 } 2099 2100 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 2101 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 2102 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 2103 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 2104 /// 2105 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New, 2106 LookupResult &OldDecls) { 2107 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 2108 // merging checks. 2109 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 2110 2111 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 2112 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 2113 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 2114 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 2115 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 2116 default: break; 2117 case 2: 2118 { 2119 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 2120 break; 2121 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 2122 if (!T->isPointerType()) 2123 break; 2124 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 2125 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 2126 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 2127 break; 2128 } 2129 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 2130 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 2131 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 2132 return; 2133 } 2134 case 5: 2135 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 2136 break; 2137 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 2138 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 2139 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 2140 return; 2141 case 3: 2142 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 2143 break; 2144 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 2145 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 2146 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 2147 return; 2148 } 2149 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 2150 } 2151 2152 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 2153 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 2154 if (!Old) { 2155 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2156 << New->getDeclName(); 2157 2158 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 2159 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 2160 notePreviousDefinition(OldD, New->getLocation()); 2161 2162 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2163 } 2164 2165 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2166 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2167 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2168 2169 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 2170 auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true); 2171 auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(); 2172 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 2173 if (OldTag && NewTag && 2174 OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() && 2175 !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) { 2176 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it 2177 // instead of our tag. 2178 New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl()); 2179 if (OldTD->isModed()) 2180 New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(), 2181 OldTD->getUnderlyingType()); 2182 else 2183 New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo()); 2184 2185 // Make the old tag definition visible. 2186 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden); 2187 2188 // If this was an unscoped enumeration, yank all of its enumerators 2189 // out of the scope. 2190 if (isa<EnumDecl>(NewTag)) { 2191 Scope *EnumScope = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 2192 for (auto *D : NewTag->decls()) { 2193 auto *ED = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 2194 assert(EnumScope->isDeclScope(ED)); 2195 EnumScope->RemoveDecl(ED); 2196 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ED); 2197 ED->getLexicalDeclContext()->removeDecl(ED); 2198 } 2199 } 2200 } 2201 } 2202 2203 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 2204 // with any extensions enabled. 2205 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 2206 return; 2207 2208 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if 2209 // the old declaration was a typedef. 2210 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 2211 New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef); 2212 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2213 } 2214 2215 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 2216 return; 2217 2218 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2219 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 2220 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 2221 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 2222 // to the type to which it already refers. 2223 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 2224 return; 2225 2226 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 2227 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 2228 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 2229 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 2230 // 2231 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 2232 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 2233 // 2234 // struct S { 2235 // typedef struct A { } A; 2236 // }; 2237 // 2238 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 2239 // allow the above but disallow 2240 // 2241 // struct S { 2242 // typedef int I; 2243 // typedef int I; 2244 // }; 2245 // 2246 // since that was the intent of DR56. 2247 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 2248 return; 2249 2250 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2251 << New->getDeclName(); 2252 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 2253 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2254 } 2255 2256 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 2257 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 2258 return; 2259 2260 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 2261 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 2262 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 2263 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 2264 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 2265 // Some standard types are defined implicitly in Clang (e.g. OpenCL). 2266 (Old->isImplicit() || 2267 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 2268 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 2269 return; 2270 2271 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef) 2272 << New->getDeclName(); 2273 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 2274 } 2275 2276 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 2277 /// attribute. 2278 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 2279 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 2280 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 2281 for (const auto *i : D->attrs()) 2282 if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 2283 if (Ann) { 2284 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation()) 2285 return true; 2286 continue; 2287 } 2288 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 2289 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i)) 2290 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind(); 2291 return true; 2292 } 2293 2294 return false; 2295 } 2296 2297 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 2298 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 2299 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 2300 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2301 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 2302 return true; 2303 } 2304 2305 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 2306 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 2307 /// 2308 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 2309 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 2310 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 2311 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 2312 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2313 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr; 2314 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 2315 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2316 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 2317 // in a case like: 2318 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 2319 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 2320 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 2321 // definition in such a case. 2322 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2323 return false; 2324 2325 if (I->isAlignas()) 2326 OldAlignasAttr = I; 2327 2328 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2329 if (Align > OldAlign) { 2330 OldAlign = Align; 2331 OldStrictestAlignAttr = I; 2332 } 2333 } 2334 2335 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 2336 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2337 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 2338 for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2339 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2340 return false; 2341 2342 if (I->isAlignas()) 2343 NewAlignasAttr = I; 2344 2345 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2346 if (Align > NewAlign) 2347 NewAlign = Align; 2348 } 2349 2350 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2351 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 2352 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 2353 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 2354 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 2355 2356 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 2357 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 2358 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 2359 QualType Ty; 2360 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 2361 Ty = VD->getType(); 2362 else 2363 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 2364 2365 if (OldAlign == 0) 2366 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2367 if (NewAlign == 0) 2368 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2369 } 2370 2371 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2372 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 2373 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 2374 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 2375 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2376 } 2377 } 2378 2379 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 2380 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2381 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2382 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2383 // equivalent alignment. 2384 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2385 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2386 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2387 // have no alignment specifier. 2388 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2389 << OldAlignasAttr; 2390 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2391 << OldAlignasAttr; 2392 } 2393 2394 bool AnyAdded = false; 2395 2396 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 2397 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 2398 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 2399 Clone->setInherited(true); 2400 New->addAttr(Clone); 2401 AnyAdded = true; 2402 } 2403 2404 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 2405 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 2406 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 2407 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 2408 Clone->setInherited(true); 2409 New->addAttr(Clone); 2410 AnyAdded = true; 2411 } 2412 2413 return AnyAdded; 2414 } 2415 2416 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, 2417 const InheritableAttr *Attr, 2418 Sema::AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2419 // This function copies an attribute Attr from a previous declaration to the 2420 // new declaration D if the new declaration doesn't itself have that attribute 2421 // yet or if that attribute allows duplicates. 2422 // If you're adding a new attribute that requires logic different from 2423 // "use explicit attribute on decl if present, else use attribute from 2424 // previous decl", for example if the attribute needs to be consistent 2425 // between redeclarations, you need to call a custom merge function here. 2426 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr; 2427 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 2428 if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 2429 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 2430 AA->isImplicit(), AA->getIntroduced(), 2431 AA->getDeprecated(), 2432 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 2433 AA->getMessage(), AA->getStrict(), 2434 AA->getReplacement(), AMK, 2435 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2436 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2437 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2438 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2439 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2440 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2441 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2442 else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 2443 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 2444 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2445 else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 2446 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 2447 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2448 else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 2449 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 2450 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 2451 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2452 else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 2453 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 2454 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2455 else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr)) 2456 NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 2457 AttrSpellingListIndex, 2458 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 2459 else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr)) 2460 NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, AA->getRange(), 2461 &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()), 2462 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2463 else if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 2464 (isa<CUDAHostAttr>(Attr) || isa<CUDADeviceAttr>(Attr) || 2465 isa<CUDAGlobalAttr>(Attr))) { 2466 // CUDA target attributes are part of function signature for 2467 // overloading purposes and must not be merged. 2468 return false; 2469 } else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr)) 2470 NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, MA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2471 else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr)) 2472 NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, OA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2473 else if (const auto *InternalLinkageA = dyn_cast<InternalLinkageAttr>(Attr)) 2474 NewAttr = S.mergeInternalLinkageAttr( 2475 D, InternalLinkageA->getRange(), 2476 &S.Context.Idents.get(InternalLinkageA->getSpelling()), 2477 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2478 else if (const auto *CommonA = dyn_cast<CommonAttr>(Attr)) 2479 NewAttr = S.mergeCommonAttr(D, CommonA->getRange(), 2480 &S.Context.Idents.get(CommonA->getSpelling()), 2481 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2482 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 2483 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 2484 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 2485 NewAttr = nullptr; 2486 else if ((isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) || isa<UnavailableAttr>(Attr)) && 2487 (AMK == Sema::AMK_Override || 2488 AMK == Sema::AMK_ProtocolImplementation)) 2489 NewAttr = nullptr; 2490 else if (const auto *UA = dyn_cast<UuidAttr>(Attr)) 2491 NewAttr = S.mergeUuidAttr(D, UA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex, 2492 UA->getGuid()); 2493 else if (Attr->shouldInheritEvenIfAlreadyPresent() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2494 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2495 2496 if (NewAttr) { 2497 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2498 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2499 if (isa<MSInheritanceAttr>(NewAttr)) 2500 S.Consumer.AssignInheritanceModel(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)); 2501 return true; 2502 } 2503 2504 return false; 2505 } 2506 2507 static const NamedDecl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2508 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2509 return TD->getDefinition(); 2510 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 2511 const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition(); 2512 if (Def) 2513 return Def; 2514 return VD->getActingDefinition(); 2515 } 2516 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 2517 return FD->getDefinition(); 2518 return nullptr; 2519 } 2520 2521 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2522 for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs()) 2523 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2524 return true; 2525 return false; 2526 } 2527 2528 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2529 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2530 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2531 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2532 return; 2533 2534 const NamedDecl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2535 if (!Def || Def == New) 2536 return; 2537 2538 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2539 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2540 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2541 2542 if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute) || isa<IFuncAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2543 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) { 2544 Sema::SkipBodyInfo SkipBody; 2545 S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def), &SkipBody); 2546 2547 // If we're skipping this definition, drop the "alias" attribute. 2548 if (SkipBody.ShouldSkip) { 2549 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2550 --E; 2551 continue; 2552 } 2553 } else { 2554 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2555 unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == 2556 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition 2557 ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative 2558 : diag::err_redefinition; 2559 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName(); 2560 if (Diag == diag::err_redefinition) 2561 S.notePreviousDefinition(Def, VD->getLocation()); 2562 else 2563 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2564 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 2565 } 2566 ++I; 2567 continue; 2568 } 2569 2570 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) { 2571 // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above. 2572 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) { 2573 ++I; 2574 continue; 2575 } 2576 } 2577 2578 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2579 ++I; 2580 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2581 } 2582 2583 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2584 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2585 ++I; 2586 continue; 2587 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2588 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2589 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2590 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2591 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2592 // equivalent alignment. 2593 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2594 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2595 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2596 // have no alignment specifier. 2597 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2598 << AA; 2599 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2600 << AA; 2601 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2602 --E; 2603 continue; 2604 } 2605 } 2606 2607 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2608 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2609 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2610 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2611 --E; 2612 } 2613 } 2614 2615 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2616 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2617 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2618 if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 2619 UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context); 2620 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2621 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 2622 } 2623 2624 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2625 return; 2626 2627 // Attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored. 2628 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2629 2630 if (AsmLabelAttr *NewA = New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 2631 if (AsmLabelAttr *OldA = Old->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 2632 if (OldA->getLabel() != NewA->getLabel()) { 2633 // This redeclaration changes __asm__ label. 2634 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_asm_label); 2635 Diag(OldA->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2636 } 2637 } else if (Old->isUsed()) { 2638 // This redeclaration adds an __asm__ label to a declaration that has 2639 // already been ODR-used. 2640 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_late_asm_label_name) 2641 << isa<FunctionDecl>(Old) << New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()->getRange(); 2642 } 2643 } 2644 2645 // Re-declaration cannot add abi_tag's. 2646 if (const auto *NewAbiTagAttr = New->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) { 2647 if (const auto *OldAbiTagAttr = Old->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) { 2648 for (const auto &NewTag : NewAbiTagAttr->tags()) { 2649 if (std::find(OldAbiTagAttr->tags_begin(), OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end(), 2650 NewTag) == OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end()) { 2651 Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), 2652 diag::err_new_abi_tag_on_redeclaration) 2653 << NewTag; 2654 Diag(OldAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2655 } 2656 } 2657 } else { 2658 Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_abi_tag_on_redeclaration); 2659 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2660 } 2661 } 2662 2663 // This redeclaration adds a section attribute. 2664 if (New->hasAttr<SectionAttr>() && !Old->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 2665 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(New)) { 2666 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly) { 2667 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_section_on_redeclaration); 2668 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2669 } 2670 } 2671 } 2672 2673 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2674 return; 2675 2676 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2677 2678 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2679 // we process them. 2680 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2681 2682 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) { 2683 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2684 AvailabilityMergeKind LocalAMK = AMK_None; 2685 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) || 2686 isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) || 2687 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) { 2688 switch (AMK) { 2689 case AMK_None: 2690 continue; 2691 2692 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2693 case AMK_Override: 2694 case AMK_ProtocolImplementation: 2695 LocalAMK = AMK; 2696 break; 2697 } 2698 } 2699 2700 // Already handled. 2701 if (isa<UsedAttr>(I)) 2702 continue; 2703 2704 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, LocalAMK)) 2705 foundAny = true; 2706 } 2707 2708 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2709 foundAny = true; 2710 2711 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2712 } 2713 2714 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2715 /// to the new one. 2716 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2717 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2718 Sema &S) { 2719 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2720 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2721 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2722 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2723 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2724 if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2725 S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2726 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2727 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2728 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2729 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2730 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl(); 2731 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2732 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2733 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2734 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2735 } 2736 2737 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2738 return; 2739 2740 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2741 2742 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2743 // done before we process them. 2744 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2745 2746 for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) { 2747 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) { 2748 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2749 cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context)); 2750 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2751 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2752 foundAny = true; 2753 } 2754 } 2755 2756 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2757 } 2758 2759 static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam, 2760 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam, 2761 Sema &S) { 2762 if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2763 if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2764 if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) { 2765 S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr) 2766 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2767 *Newnullability, 2768 ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2769 != 0)) 2770 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2771 *Oldnullability, 2772 ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2773 != 0)); 2774 S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2775 } 2776 } else { 2777 QualType NewT = NewParam->getType(); 2778 NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType( 2779 AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability), 2780 NewT, NewT); 2781 NewParam->setType(NewT); 2782 } 2783 } 2784 } 2785 2786 namespace { 2787 2788 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2789 /// C. 2790 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2791 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2792 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2793 QualType PromotedType; 2794 }; 2795 2796 } // end anonymous namespace 2797 2798 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2799 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2800 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2801 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2802 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2803 2804 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2805 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2806 2807 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2808 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2809 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2810 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2811 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2812 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2813 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2814 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2815 } 2816 2817 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2818 } 2819 2820 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit 2821 // declaration, or a declaration. 2822 template <typename T> 2823 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation> 2824 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2825 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2826 SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation(); 2827 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2828 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2829 else if (Old->isImplicit()) { 2830 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2831 if (OldLocation.isInvalid()) 2832 OldLocation = New->getLocation(); 2833 } else 2834 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2835 return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation); 2836 } 2837 2838 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2839 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2840 /// GNU89 mode. 2841 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2842 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2843 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2844 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2845 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2846 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2847 } 2848 2849 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const { 2850 const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2851 while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv()) 2852 AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2853 return AT; 2854 } 2855 2856 template <typename T> 2857 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2858 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2859 if (DC->isRecord()) 2860 return false; 2861 2862 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2863 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 2864 return true; 2865 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 2866 return true; 2867 return false; 2868 } 2869 2870 template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); } 2871 static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; } 2872 2873 /// Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a 2874 /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload 2875 /// (nor a hidden tag declaration). 2876 template<typename ExpectedDecl> 2877 static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS, 2878 ExpectedDecl *New) { 2879 // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4: 2880 // Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of 2881 // which specifies the same unqualified name, 2882 // -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions 2883 // and function templates; or 2884 // -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration 2885 // name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all 2886 // refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions 2887 // and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration 2888 // name is hidden (3.3.10). 2889 2890 // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14: 2891 // If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the 2892 // same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced 2893 // by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same 2894 // function, the program is ill-formed. 2895 2896 auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl()); 2897 if (Old && 2898 !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 2899 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 2900 !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New))) 2901 Old = nullptr; 2902 2903 if (!Old) { 2904 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2905 S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target); 2906 S.Diag(OldS->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2907 return true; 2908 } 2909 return false; 2910 } 2911 2912 static bool hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(const FunctionDecl *A, 2913 const FunctionDecl *B) { 2914 assert(A->getNumParams() == B->getNumParams()); 2915 2916 auto AttrEq = [](const ParmVarDecl *A, const ParmVarDecl *B) { 2917 const auto *AttrA = A->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 2918 const auto *AttrB = B->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 2919 if (AttrA == AttrB) 2920 return true; 2921 return AttrA && AttrB && AttrA->getType() == AttrB->getType(); 2922 }; 2923 2924 return std::equal(A->param_begin(), A->param_end(), B->param_begin(), AttrEq); 2925 } 2926 2927 /// If necessary, adjust the semantic declaration context for a qualified 2928 /// declaration to name the correct inline namespace within the qualifier. 2929 static void adjustDeclContextForDeclaratorDecl(DeclaratorDecl *NewD, 2930 DeclaratorDecl *OldD) { 2931 // The only case where we need to update the DeclContext is when 2932 // redeclaration lookup for a qualified name finds a declaration 2933 // in an inline namespace within the context named by the qualifier: 2934 // 2935 // inline namespace N { int f(); } 2936 // int ::f(); // Sema DC needs adjusting from :: to N::. 2937 // 2938 // For unqualified declarations, the semantic context *can* change 2939 // along the redeclaration chain (for local extern declarations, 2940 // extern "C" declarations, and friend declarations in particular). 2941 if (!NewD->getQualifier()) 2942 return; 2943 2944 // NewD is probably already in the right context. 2945 auto *NamedDC = NewD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 2946 auto *SemaDC = OldD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 2947 if (NamedDC->Equals(SemaDC)) 2948 return; 2949 2950 assert((NamedDC->InEnclosingNamespaceSetOf(SemaDC) || 2951 NewD->isInvalidDecl() || OldD->isInvalidDecl()) && 2952 "unexpected context for redeclaration"); 2953 2954 auto *LexDC = NewD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 2955 auto FixSemaDC = [=](NamedDecl *D) { 2956 if (!D) 2957 return; 2958 D->setDeclContext(SemaDC); 2959 D->setLexicalDeclContext(LexDC); 2960 }; 2961 2962 FixSemaDC(NewD); 2963 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewD)) 2964 FixSemaDC(FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()); 2965 else if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewD)) 2966 FixSemaDC(VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()); 2967 } 2968 2969 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2970 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2971 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2972 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2973 /// 2974 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2975 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2976 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2977 /// merged with. 2978 /// 2979 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2980 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD, 2981 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2982 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2983 FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction(); 2984 if (!Old) { 2985 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2986 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 2987 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 2988 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2989 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2990 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2991 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2992 return true; 2993 } 2994 2995 // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function. 2996 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 2997 return true; 2998 OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl()); 2999 } else { 3000 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 3001 << New->getDeclName(); 3002 notePreviousDefinition(OldD, New->getLocation()); 3003 return true; 3004 } 3005 } 3006 3007 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 3008 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 3009 return true; 3010 3011 // Disallow redeclaration of some builtins. 3012 if (!getASTContext().canBuiltinBeRedeclared(Old)) { 3013 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_redeclare) << Old->getDeclName(); 3014 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 3015 << Old << Old->getType(); 3016 return true; 3017 } 3018 3019 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3020 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3021 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3022 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3023 3024 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 3025 // is an extern inline function. 3026 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 3027 // storage classes. 3028 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 3029 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3030 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 3031 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 3032 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 3033 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3034 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New; 3035 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3036 } else { 3037 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 3038 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3039 return true; 3040 } 3041 } 3042 3043 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 3044 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 3045 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 3046 << New->getDeclName(); 3047 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 3048 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 3049 } 3050 3051 if (CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(New, Old)) 3052 return true; 3053 3054 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3055 bool OldOvl = Old->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); 3056 if (OldOvl != New->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && !Old->isImplicit()) { 3057 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_mismatch) 3058 << New << OldOvl; 3059 3060 // Try our best to find a decl that actually has the overloadable 3061 // attribute for the note. In most cases (e.g. programs with only one 3062 // broken declaration/definition), this won't matter. 3063 // 3064 // FIXME: We could do this if we juggled some extra state in 3065 // OverloadableAttr, rather than just removing it. 3066 const Decl *DiagOld = Old; 3067 if (OldOvl) { 3068 auto OldIter = llvm::find_if(Old->redecls(), [](const Decl *D) { 3069 const auto *A = D->getAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); 3070 return A && !A->isImplicit(); 3071 }); 3072 // If we've implicitly added *all* of the overloadable attrs to this 3073 // chain, emitting a "previous redecl" note is pointless. 3074 DiagOld = OldIter == Old->redecls_end() ? nullptr : *OldIter; 3075 } 3076 3077 if (DiagOld) 3078 Diag(DiagOld->getLocation(), 3079 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload) 3080 << OldOvl; 3081 3082 if (OldOvl) 3083 New->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 3084 else 3085 New->dropAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); 3086 } 3087 } 3088 3089 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later 3090 // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling 3091 // convention of the first. 3092 // 3093 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 3094 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 3095 // 3096 // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for 3097 // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or 3098 // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit. 3099 // 3100 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 3101 // other tests to run. 3102 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 3103 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 3104 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 3105 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 3106 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 3107 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 3108 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 3109 3110 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 3111 FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl(); 3112 const FunctionType *FT = 3113 First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 3114 FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo(); 3115 bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType()); 3116 if (!NewCCExplicit) { 3117 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 3118 // there but not here. 3119 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 3120 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3121 } else { 3122 // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain. 3123 bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType()); 3124 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 3125 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 3126 << !FirstCCExplicit 3127 << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" : 3128 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC())); 3129 3130 // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters. 3131 Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3132 return true; 3133 } 3134 } 3135 3136 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 3137 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 3138 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 3139 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3140 } 3141 3142 // Merge regparm attribute. 3143 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 3144 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 3145 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 3146 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 3147 << NewType->getRegParmType() 3148 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 3149 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 3150 return true; 3151 } 3152 3153 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 3154 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3155 } 3156 3157 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 3158 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 3159 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 3160 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_function_attribute_mismatch) 3161 << "'ns_returns_retained'"; 3162 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 3163 return true; 3164 } 3165 3166 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 3167 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3168 } 3169 3170 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs() != 3171 NewTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs()) { 3172 if (NewTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs()) { 3173 AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegistersAttr *Attr = 3174 New->getAttr<AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegistersAttr>(); 3175 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_function_attribute_mismatch) << Attr; 3176 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 3177 return true; 3178 } 3179 3180 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoCallerSavedRegs(true); 3181 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3182 } 3183 3184 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 3185 const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3186 AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo); 3187 New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0)); 3188 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 3189 NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 3190 } 3191 3192 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 3193 // UndefinedButUsed. 3194 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 3195 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 3196 !getLangOpts().GNUInline && 3197 Old->isUsed(false) && 3198 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 3199 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 3200 SourceLocation())); 3201 3202 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 3203 // about it. 3204 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 3205 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 3206 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 3207 } 3208 3209 // If pass_object_size params don't match up perfectly, this isn't a valid 3210 // redeclaration. 3211 if (Old->getNumParams() > 0 && Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams() && 3212 !hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(Old, New)) { 3213 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_pass_object_size_params) 3214 << New->getDeclName(); 3215 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3216 return true; 3217 } 3218 3219 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3220 // C++1z [over.load]p2 3221 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 3222 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type, 3223 // the exception specification, or both cannot be overloaded. 3224 3225 // Check the exception specifications match. This may recompute the type of 3226 // both Old and New if it resolved exception specifications, so grab the 3227 // types again after this. Because this updates the type, we do this before 3228 // any of the other checks below, which may update the "de facto" NewQType 3229 // but do not necessarily update the type of New. 3230 if (CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(Old, New)) 3231 return true; 3232 OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 3233 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 3234 3235 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 3236 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13: 3237 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 3238 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 3239 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 3240 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = 3241 (Old->getTypeSourceInfo() 3242 ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 3243 : OldType)->getReturnType(); 3244 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = 3245 (New->getTypeSourceInfo() 3246 ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 3247 : NewType)->getReturnType(); 3248 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) && 3249 !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 3250 New->isLocalExternDecl())) { 3251 QualType ResQT; 3252 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3253 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 3254 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 3255 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 3256 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 3257 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) 3258 << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 3259 else 3260 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type) 3261 << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 3262 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType() 3263 << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 3264 return true; 3265 } 3266 else 3267 NewQType = ResQT; 3268 } 3269 3270 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 3271 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType(); 3272 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 3273 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 3274 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 3275 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType(); 3276 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 3277 New->setType( 3278 SubstAutoType(New->getType(), 3279 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 3280 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 3281 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 3282 SubstAutoType(NewQType, 3283 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 3284 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 3285 } 3286 } 3287 3288 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 3289 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 3290 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 3291 // Preserve triviality. 3292 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 3293 3294 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 3295 // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 3296 // We don't want a redeclaration error. 3297 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 3298 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 3299 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 3300 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 3301 3302 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3303 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 3304 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 3305 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 3306 // is a static member function declaration. 3307 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 3308 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 3309 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3310 return true; 3311 } 3312 3313 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3314 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 3315 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 3316 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 3317 if (!inTemplateInstantiation()) { 3318 unsigned NewDiag; 3319 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 3320 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 3321 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 3322 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 3323 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 3324 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 3325 else 3326 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 3327 3328 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 3329 } else { 3330 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 3331 << New << New->getType(); 3332 } 3333 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3334 return true; 3335 3336 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 3337 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 3338 // 3339 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 3340 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 3341 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 3342 if (isFriend) { 3343 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 3344 } else { 3345 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 3346 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 3347 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 3348 return true; 3349 } 3350 } else if (OldMethod->getFirstDecl()->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 3351 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 3352 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 3353 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 3354 return true; 3355 } 3356 } 3357 3358 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 3359 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 3360 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 3361 // attribute. 3362 const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>(); 3363 if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 3364 Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 3365 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 3366 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 3367 } 3368 3369 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 3370 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 3371 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 3372 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 3373 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 3374 if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 3375 Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 3376 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 3377 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 3378 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 3379 } 3380 3381 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 3382 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 3383 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 3384 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 3385 3386 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 3387 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 3388 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 3389 auto *OldType = OldQType->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3390 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 3391 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 3392 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 3393 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 3394 } 3395 3396 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3397 // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous 3398 // declarations of a friend function as an extension. 3399 // 3400 // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC 3401 // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language 3402 // linkage within class scope. 3403 // 3404 // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete. 3405 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 3406 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New; 3407 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3408 } else { 3409 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3410 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3411 return true; 3412 } 3413 } 3414 3415 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 3416 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3417 3418 if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 3419 New->isLocalExternDecl()) { 3420 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton 3421 // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types 3422 // when we instantiate the function. 3423 return false; 3424 } 3425 3426 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 3427 } 3428 3429 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 3430 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 3431 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3432 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 3433 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3434 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3435 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr; 3436 if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 3437 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 3438 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 3439 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 3440 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 3441 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types()); 3442 NewQType = 3443 Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes, 3444 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 3445 New->setType(NewQType); 3446 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 3447 3448 // Synthesize parameters with the same types. 3449 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 3450 for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) { 3451 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 3452 SourceLocation(), nullptr, 3453 ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 3454 SC_None, nullptr); 3455 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 3456 Param->setImplicit(); 3457 Params.push_back(Param); 3458 } 3459 3460 New->setParams(Params); 3461 } 3462 3463 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3464 } 3465 3466 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 3467 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 3468 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 3469 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 3470 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 3471 // the prototype. 3472 // 3473 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 3474 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 3475 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 3476 // C99 6.9.1p8. 3477 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3478 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 3479 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 3480 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 3481 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 3482 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 3483 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 3484 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3485 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 3486 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3487 3488 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 3489 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(), 3490 NewProto->getReturnType()); 3491 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 3492 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 3493 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 3494 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 3495 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 3496 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3497 NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) { 3498 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3499 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3500 NewParm->getType(), 3501 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 3502 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm, 3503 NewProto->getParamType(Idx) }; 3504 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 3505 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3506 } else 3507 LooseCompatible = false; 3508 } 3509 3510 if (LooseCompatible) { 3511 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 3512 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 3513 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 3514 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 3515 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 3516 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 3517 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 3518 diag::note_previous_declaration); 3519 } 3520 3521 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3522 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 3523 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 3524 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3525 } 3526 3527 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 3528 } 3529 3530 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 3531 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 3532 3533 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 3534 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 3535 unsigned BuiltinID; 3536 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 3537 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 3538 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 3539 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 3540 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 3541 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 3542 << Old << Old->getType(); 3543 3544 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 3545 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 3546 // 3547 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 3548 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 3549 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 3550 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 3551 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 3552 if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3553 New->getIdentifier()->revertBuiltin(); 3554 3555 return false; 3556 } 3557 3558 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 3559 } 3560 3561 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 3562 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3563 return true; 3564 } 3565 3566 /// Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 3567 /// known to be compatible. 3568 /// 3569 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 3570 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to 3571 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 3572 /// redeclaration of Old. 3573 /// 3574 /// \returns false 3575 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 3576 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3577 // Merge the attributes 3578 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3579 3580 // Merge "pure" flag. 3581 if (Old->isPure()) 3582 New->setPure(); 3583 3584 // Merge "used" flag. 3585 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3586 New->setIsUsed(); 3587 3588 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 3589 // declarations. 3590 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 3591 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 3592 ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i); 3593 ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i); 3594 mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3595 mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3596 } 3597 3598 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3599 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 3600 3601 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 3602 // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl 3603 // was visible. 3604 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 3605 if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3606 New->setType(Merged); 3607 3608 return false; 3609 } 3610 3611 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 3612 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 3613 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 3614 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 3615 isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(oldMethod->getDeclContext()) 3616 ? AMK_ProtocolImplementation 3617 : isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 3618 : AMK_Override; 3619 3620 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 3621 3622 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 3623 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 3624 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 3625 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 3626 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 3627 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 3628 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 3629 3630 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 3631 } 3632 3633 static void diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(Sema &S, VarDecl *New, VarDecl* Old) { 3634 assert(!S.Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())); 3635 3636 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() 3637 ? diag::err_redefinition_different_type 3638 : diag::err_redeclaration_different_type) 3639 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 3640 3641 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3642 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3643 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) 3644 = getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3645 S.Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3646 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3647 } 3648 3649 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 3650 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 3651 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3652 /// 3653 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 3654 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 3655 /// is attached. 3656 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, 3657 bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3658 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 3659 return; 3660 3661 QualType MergedT; 3662 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3663 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 3664 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 3665 return; 3666 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 3667 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 3668 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 3669 } 3670 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 3671 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 3672 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 3673 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 3674 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 3675 else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 3676 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3677 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3678 3679 // We are merging a variable declaration New into Old. If it has an array 3680 // bound, and that bound differs from Old's bound, we should diagnose the 3681 // mismatch. 3682 if (!NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && !NewArray->isDependentType()) { 3683 for (VarDecl *PrevVD = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); PrevVD; 3684 PrevVD = PrevVD->getPreviousDecl()) { 3685 const ArrayType *PrevVDTy = Context.getAsArrayType(PrevVD->getType()); 3686 if (PrevVDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() || PrevVDTy->isDependentType()) 3687 continue; 3688 3689 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewArray, PrevVDTy)) 3690 return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, PrevVD); 3691 } 3692 } 3693 3694 if (OldArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && NewArray->isArrayType()) { 3695 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3696 NewArray->getElementType())) 3697 MergedT = New->getType(); 3698 } 3699 // FIXME: Check visibility. New is hidden but has a complete type. If New 3700 // has no array bound, it should not inherit one from Old, if Old is not 3701 // visible. 3702 else if (OldArray->isArrayType() && NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 3703 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3704 NewArray->getElementType())) 3705 MergedT = Old->getType(); 3706 } 3707 } 3708 else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3709 Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 3710 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 3711 Old->getType()); 3712 } 3713 } else { 3714 // C 6.2.7p2: 3715 // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have 3716 // compatible type. 3717 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 3718 } 3719 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 3720 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a 3721 // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class 3722 // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be 3723 // equivalent. 3724 // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this. 3725 if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() || 3726 Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3727 // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type 3728 // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we 3729 // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable. 3730 if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3731 New->setType(Context.DependentTy); 3732 return; 3733 } 3734 return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, Old); 3735 } 3736 3737 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 3738 // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope. 3739 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3740 New->setType(MergedT); 3741 } 3742 3743 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD, 3744 LookupResult &Previous) { 3745 // C11 6.2.7p4: 3746 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 3747 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 3748 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 3749 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 3750 // declaration becomes the composite type. 3751 // 3752 // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type. 3753 if (Previous.isShadowed()) 3754 return false; 3755 3756 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3757 // C++11 [dcl.array]p3: 3758 // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same 3759 // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound 3760 // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration. 3761 return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() || 3762 (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3763 !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()); 3764 } else { 3765 // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its 3766 // type unless we're in the same function. 3767 return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3768 OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 3769 } 3770 } 3771 3772 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 3773 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 3774 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3775 /// 3776 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 3777 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 3778 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 3779 /// 3780 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 3781 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 3782 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3783 return; 3784 3785 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Previous, New)) 3786 return; 3787 3788 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate(); 3789 3790 // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template. 3791 VarDecl *Old = nullptr; 3792 VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr; 3793 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3794 if (NewTemplate) { 3795 OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3796 Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr; 3797 3798 if (auto *Shadow = 3799 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3800 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate)) 3801 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3802 } else { 3803 Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3804 3805 if (auto *Shadow = 3806 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3807 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 3808 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3809 } 3810 } 3811 if (!Old) { 3812 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 3813 << New->getDeclName(); 3814 notePreviousDefinition(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(), 3815 New->getLocation()); 3816 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3817 } 3818 3819 // Ensure the template parameters are compatible. 3820 if (NewTemplate && 3821 !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3822 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3823 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) 3824 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3825 3826 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3827 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 3828 // 3829 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 3830 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 3831 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 3832 << New->getIdentifier(); 3833 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3834 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3835 } 3836 3837 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3838 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 3839 // declaration 3840 if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 3841 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 3842 !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 3843 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 3844 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 3845 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 3846 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 3847 } 3848 3849 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 3850 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 3851 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 3852 << New->getDeclName(); 3853 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 3854 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 3855 } 3856 3857 // Merge the types. 3858 VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); 3859 if (MostRecent != Old) { 3860 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent, 3861 mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous)); 3862 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3863 return; 3864 } 3865 3866 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous)); 3867 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3868 return; 3869 3870 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3871 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3872 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3873 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3874 3875 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 3876 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3877 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3878 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 3879 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3880 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) 3881 << New->getDeclName(); 3882 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3883 } else { 3884 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 3885 << New->getDeclName(); 3886 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3887 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3888 } 3889 } 3890 // C99 6.2.2p4: 3891 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 3892 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 3893 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 3894 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 3895 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 3896 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 3897 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 3898 // identifier has external linkage. 3899 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 3900 /* Okay */; 3901 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 3902 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3903 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 3904 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 3905 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3906 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3907 } 3908 3909 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 3910 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 3911 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) { 3912 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3913 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3914 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3915 } 3916 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() && 3917 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 3918 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3919 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3920 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3921 } 3922 3923 if (CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(New, Old)) 3924 return; 3925 3926 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 3927 3928 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 3929 // need to check for mismatches. 3930 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 3931 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 3932 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3933 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 3934 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 3935 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3936 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3937 } 3938 3939 if (New->isInline() && !Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isInline()) { 3940 if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) { 3941 // C++1z [dcl.fcn.spec]p4: 3942 // If the definition of a variable appears in a translation unit before 3943 // its first declaration as inline, the program is ill-formed. 3944 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_inline_decl_follows_def) << New; 3945 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3946 } 3947 } 3948 3949 // If this redeclaration makes the variable inline, we may need to add it to 3950 // UndefinedButUsed. 3951 if (!Old->isInline() && New->isInline() && Old->isUsed(false) && 3952 !Old->getDefinition() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 3953 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 3954 SourceLocation())); 3955 3956 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 3957 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 3958 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3959 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3960 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 3961 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3962 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3963 } else { 3964 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 3965 // static and dynamic initialization. 3966 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 3967 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 3968 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 3969 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 3970 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3971 } 3972 } 3973 3974 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 3975 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3976 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition) { 3977 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isInline() && 3978 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isConstexpr()) { 3979 // This definition won't be a definition any more once it's been merged. 3980 Diag(New->getLocation(), 3981 diag::warn_deprecated_redundant_constexpr_static_def); 3982 } else if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) { 3983 if (checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, New)) 3984 return; 3985 } 3986 } 3987 3988 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3989 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3990 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3991 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3992 return; 3993 } 3994 3995 // Merge "used" flag. 3996 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3997 New->setIsUsed(); 3998 3999 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 4000 New->setPreviousDecl(Old); 4001 if (NewTemplate) 4002 NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate); 4003 adjustDeclContextForDeclaratorDecl(New, Old); 4004 4005 // Inherit access appropriately. 4006 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 4007 if (NewTemplate) 4008 NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess()); 4009 4010 if (Old->isInline()) 4011 New->setImplicitlyInline(); 4012 } 4013 4014 void Sema::notePreviousDefinition(const NamedDecl *Old, SourceLocation New) { 4015 SourceManager &SrcMgr = getSourceManager(); 4016 auto FNewDecLoc = SrcMgr.getDecomposedLoc(New); 4017 auto FOldDecLoc = SrcMgr.getDecomposedLoc(Old->getLocation()); 4018 auto *FNew = SrcMgr.getFileEntryForID(FNewDecLoc.first); 4019 auto *FOld = SrcMgr.getFileEntryForID(FOldDecLoc.first); 4020 auto &HSI = PP.getHeaderSearchInfo(); 4021 StringRef HdrFilename = 4022 SrcMgr.getFilename(SrcMgr.getSpellingLoc(Old->getLocation())); 4023 4024 auto noteFromModuleOrInclude = [&](Module *Mod, 4025 SourceLocation IncLoc) -> bool { 4026 // Redefinition errors with modules are common with non modular mapped 4027 // headers, example: a non-modular header H in module A that also gets 4028 // included directly in a TU. Pointing twice to the same header/definition 4029 // is confusing, try to get better diagnostics when modules is on. 4030 if (IncLoc.isValid()) { 4031 if (Mod) { 4032 Diag(IncLoc, diag::note_redefinition_modules_same_file) 4033 << HdrFilename.str() << Mod->getFullModuleName(); 4034 if (!Mod->DefinitionLoc.isInvalid()) 4035 Diag(Mod->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_defined_here) 4036 << Mod->getFullModuleName(); 4037 } else { 4038 Diag(IncLoc, diag::note_redefinition_include_same_file) 4039 << HdrFilename.str(); 4040 } 4041 return true; 4042 } 4043 4044 return false; 4045 }; 4046 4047 // Is it the same file and same offset? Provide more information on why 4048 // this leads to a redefinition error. 4049 bool EmittedDiag = false; 4050 if (FNew == FOld && FNewDecLoc.second == FOldDecLoc.second) { 4051 SourceLocation OldIncLoc = SrcMgr.getIncludeLoc(FOldDecLoc.first); 4052 SourceLocation NewIncLoc = SrcMgr.getIncludeLoc(FNewDecLoc.first); 4053 EmittedDiag = noteFromModuleOrInclude(Old->getOwningModule(), OldIncLoc); 4054 EmittedDiag |= noteFromModuleOrInclude(getCurrentModule(), NewIncLoc); 4055 4056 // If the header has no guards, emit a note suggesting one. 4057 if (FOld && !HSI.isFileMultipleIncludeGuarded(FOld)) 4058 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_use_ifdef_guards); 4059 4060 if (EmittedDiag) 4061 return; 4062 } 4063 4064 // Redefinition coming from different files or couldn't do better above. 4065 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 4066 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 4067 } 4068 4069 /// We've just determined that \p Old and \p New both appear to be definitions 4070 /// of the same variable. Either diagnose or fix the problem. 4071 bool Sema::checkVarDeclRedefinition(VarDecl *Old, VarDecl *New) { 4072 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Old) && 4073 (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 4074 New->isInline() || 4075 New->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 4076 New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 4077 New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 4078 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 4079 // permitted (in separate TUs). Demote this to a declaration. 4080 New->demoteThisDefinitionToDeclaration(); 4081 4082 // Make the canonical definition visible. 4083 if (auto *OldTD = Old->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 4084 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(OldTD); 4085 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Old); 4086 return false; 4087 } else { 4088 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; 4089 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 4090 New->setInvalidDecl(); 4091 return true; 4092 } 4093 } 4094 4095 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 4096 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 4097 Decl * 4098 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, 4099 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) { 4100 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg(), false, 4101 AnonRecord); 4102 } 4103 4104 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to 4105 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes. 4106 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks 4107 // compatibility. 4108 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being 4109 // targeted. 4110 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) { 4111 return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015) 4112 ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber() 4113 : S->getMSLastManglingNumber(); 4114 } 4115 4116 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) { 4117 if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4118 return; 4119 4120 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { 4121 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if 4122 // it is anonymous. 4123 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 4124 return; 4125 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = 4126 Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); 4127 Context.setManglingNumber( 4128 Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber( 4129 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 4130 return; 4131 } 4132 4133 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. 4134 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 4135 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 4136 Tag->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 4137 Context.setManglingNumber( 4138 Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 4139 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 4140 } 4141 } 4142 4143 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec, 4144 TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 4145 if (TagFromDeclSpec->isInvalidDecl()) 4146 return; 4147 4148 // Do nothing if the tag already has a name for linkage purposes. 4149 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasNameForLinkage()) 4150 return; 4151 4152 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 4153 assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 4154 4155 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 4156 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(), 4157 Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec))) { 4158 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4159 Context.addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 4160 return; 4161 } 4162 4163 // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then 4164 // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that 4165 // linkage, which might be a serious problem. Diagnose this as 4166 // unsupported and ignore the typedef name. TODO: we should 4167 // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule 4168 // for how to handle it. 4169 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) { 4170 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage); 4171 4172 SourceLocation tagLoc = TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart(); 4173 tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc); 4174 4175 llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert; 4176 textToInsert += ' '; 4177 textToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName(); 4178 Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage) 4179 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert); 4180 return; 4181 } 4182 4183 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 4184 TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 4185 } 4186 4187 static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) { 4188 switch (T) { 4189 case DeclSpec::TST_class: 4190 return 0; 4191 case DeclSpec::TST_struct: 4192 return 1; 4193 case DeclSpec::TST_interface: 4194 return 2; 4195 case DeclSpec::TST_union: 4196 return 3; 4197 case DeclSpec::TST_enum: 4198 return 4; 4199 default: 4200 llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier"); 4201 } 4202 } 4203 4204 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 4205 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 4206 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 4207 Decl * 4208 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, 4209 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 4210 bool IsExplicitInstantiation, 4211 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) { 4212 Decl *TagD = nullptr; 4213 TagDecl *Tag = nullptr; 4214 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 4215 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 4216 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 4217 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 4218 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 4219 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 4220 4221 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 4222 return nullptr; 4223 4224 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 4225 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 4226 // it's a Type. 4227 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 4228 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 4229 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 4230 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 4231 } 4232 4233 if (Tag) { 4234 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 4235 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 4236 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 4237 return Tag; 4238 } 4239 4240 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4241 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 4242 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 4243 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 4244 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 4245 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 4246 << DS.getSourceRange(); 4247 } 4248 4249 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 4250 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 4251 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17; 4252 4253 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 4254 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 4255 // and definitions of functions and variables. 4256 if (Tag) 4257 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 4258 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()); 4259 else 4260 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 4261 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 4262 return TagD; 4263 } 4264 4265 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 4266 4267 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 4268 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 4269 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 4270 if (TagD && !Tag) 4271 return nullptr; 4272 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 4273 } 4274 4275 const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 4276 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 4277 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 4278 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 4279 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization && 4280 !isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Tag)) { 4281 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 4282 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 4283 // or an explicit specialization. 4284 // 4285 // FIXME: We allow class template partial specializations here too, per the 4286 // obvious intent of DR1819. 4287 // 4288 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 4289 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 4290 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange(); 4291 return nullptr; 4292 } 4293 4294 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 4295 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 4296 4297 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 4298 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 4299 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 4300 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 4301 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 4302 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 4303 // If CurContext is a DeclContext that can contain statements, 4304 // RecursiveASTVisitor won't visit the decls that 4305 // BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion() will put into CurContext. 4306 // Also store them here so that they can be part of the 4307 // DeclStmt that gets created in this case. 4308 // FIXME: Also return the IndirectFieldDecls created by 4309 // BuildAnonymousStructOr union, for the same reason? 4310 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4311 AnonRecord = Record; 4312 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, 4313 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 4314 } 4315 4316 DeclaresAnything = false; 4317 } 4318 } 4319 4320 // C11 6.7.2.1p2: 4321 // A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or 4322 // anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list. 4323 // 4324 // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration 4325 // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list. 4326 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() && 4327 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 4328 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member. 4329 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union: 4330 // struct STRUCT; 4331 // union UNION; 4332 // and 4333 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 4334 // UNION_TYPE; <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union. 4335 if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) || 4336 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) { 4337 RecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 4338 if (Tag) 4339 Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag); 4340 else if (const RecordType *RT = 4341 DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()) 4342 Record = RT->getDecl(); 4343 else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType()) 4344 Record = UT->getDecl(); 4345 4346 if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 4347 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record) 4348 << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange(); 4349 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 4350 } 4351 4352 DeclaresAnything = false; 4353 } 4354 } 4355 4356 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 4357 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 4358 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 4359 return TagD; 4360 4361 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 4362 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4363 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 4364 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 4365 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 4366 DeclaresAnything = false; 4367 4368 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 4369 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 4370 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4371 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 4372 << DS.getSourceRange(); 4373 else 4374 DeclaresAnything = false; 4375 } 4376 4377 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 4378 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4379 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 4380 << Tag->getTagKind() 4381 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4382 4383 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 4384 4385 // C 6.7/2: 4386 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 4387 // or the members of an enumeration. 4388 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 4389 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 4390 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 4391 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 4392 // previous declaration. 4393 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 4394 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 4395 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 4396 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 4397 return TagD; 4398 } 4399 4400 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 4401 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 4402 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 4403 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 4404 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 4405 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 4406 // 4407 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 4408 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 4409 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4410 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 4411 4412 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 4413 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 4414 // useless. 4415 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { 4416 if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) 4417 // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is 4418 // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error. 4419 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4420 else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4421 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 4422 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 4423 } 4424 4425 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 4426 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 4427 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 4428 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4429 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4430 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 4431 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4432 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 4433 // Restrict is covered above. 4434 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4435 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 4436 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned) 4437 Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "__unaligned"; 4438 } 4439 4440 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 4441 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 4442 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 4443 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 4444 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 4445 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 4446 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 4447 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 4448 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 4449 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 4450 for (AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); attrs; 4451 attrs = attrs->getNext()) 4452 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 4453 << attrs->getName() << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType); 4454 } 4455 } 4456 4457 return TagD; 4458 } 4459 4460 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 4461 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 4462 /// 4463 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 4464 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 4465 Scope *S, 4466 DeclContext *Owner, 4467 DeclarationName Name, 4468 SourceLocation NameLoc, 4469 bool IsUnion) { 4470 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 4471 Sema::ForVisibleRedeclaration); 4472 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 4473 4474 // Pick a representative declaration. 4475 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 4476 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 4477 4478 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 4479 return false; 4480 4481 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_anonymous_record_member_redecl) 4482 << IsUnion << Name; 4483 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4484 4485 return true; 4486 } 4487 4488 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 4489 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 4490 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 4491 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 4492 /// struct, e.g., 4493 /// 4494 /// @code 4495 /// union { 4496 /// int i; 4497 /// float f; 4498 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 4499 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 4500 /// @endcode 4501 /// 4502 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 4503 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 4504 static bool 4505 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, DeclContext *Owner, 4506 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, AccessSpecifier AS, 4507 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining) { 4508 bool Invalid = false; 4509 4510 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 4511 for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) { 4512 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) && 4513 cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) { 4514 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); 4515 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 4516 VD->getLocation(), 4517 AnonRecord->isUnion())) { 4518 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4519 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 4520 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 4521 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 4522 Invalid = true; 4523 } else { 4524 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4525 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 4526 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 4527 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 4528 // anonymous union is declared. 4529 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 4530 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 4531 Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end()); 4532 else 4533 Chaining.push_back(VD); 4534 4535 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 4536 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 4537 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 4538 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 4539 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 4540 4541 IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create( 4542 SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(), 4543 VD->getType(), {NamedChain, Chaining.size()}); 4544 4545 for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs()) 4546 IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context)); 4547 4548 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4549 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 4550 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 4551 4552 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 4553 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4554 4555 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 4556 } 4557 } 4558 } 4559 4560 return Invalid; 4561 } 4562 4563 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 4564 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 4565 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 4566 static StorageClass 4567 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 4568 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4569 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 4570 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 4571 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 4572 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 4573 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 4574 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 4575 return SC_None; 4576 return SC_Extern; 4577 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 4578 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 4579 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 4580 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 4581 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 4582 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 4583 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 4584 } 4585 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 4586 } 4587 4588 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { 4589 assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer()); 4590 4591 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 4592 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I); 4593 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 4594 FD = IFD->getAnonField(); 4595 if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer()) 4596 return FD->getLocation(); 4597 } 4598 4599 llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer"); 4600 } 4601 4602 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4603 SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) { 4604 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4605 return; 4606 4607 S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization); 4608 S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 4609 } 4610 4611 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4612 CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) { 4613 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4614 return; 4615 4616 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion)); 4617 } 4618 4619 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 4620 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 4621 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 4622 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 4623 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4624 AccessSpecifier AS, 4625 RecordDecl *Record, 4626 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { 4627 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 4628 4629 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 4630 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 4631 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 4632 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4633 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 4634 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 4635 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 4636 4637 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 4638 // structs/unions. 4639 bool Invalid = false; 4640 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4641 const char *PrevSpec = nullptr; 4642 unsigned DiagID; 4643 if (Record->isUnion()) { 4644 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4645 // C++17 [class.union.anon]p2: 4646 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 4647 // global namespace shall be declared static. 4648 DeclContext *OwnerScope = Owner->getRedeclContext(); 4649 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 4650 (OwnerScope->isTranslationUnit() || 4651 (OwnerScope->isNamespace() && 4652 !cast<NamespaceDecl>(OwnerScope)->isAnonymousNamespace()))) { 4653 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 4654 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 4655 4656 // Recover by adding 'static'. 4657 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 4658 PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy); 4659 } 4660 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4661 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 4662 // anonymous union in a class scope. 4663 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 4664 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4665 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4666 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 4667 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4668 4669 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 4670 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 4671 SourceLocation(), 4672 PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 4673 } 4674 } 4675 4676 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 4677 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4678 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4679 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4680 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 4681 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 4682 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4683 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 4684 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4685 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 4686 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 4687 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 4688 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 4689 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4690 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 4691 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 4692 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4693 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 4694 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4695 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 4696 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 4697 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned) 4698 Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), 4699 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4700 << Record->isUnion() << "__unaligned" 4701 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc()); 4702 4703 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 4704 } 4705 4706 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4707 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 4708 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 4709 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 4710 for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) { 4711 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) { 4712 // C++ [class.union]p3: 4713 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 4714 // members (clause 11). 4715 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 4716 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 4717 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 4718 << Record->isUnion() << (FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 4719 Invalid = true; 4720 } 4721 4722 // C++ [class.union]p1 4723 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 4724 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 4725 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 4726 // array of such objects. 4727 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 4728 Invalid = true; 4729 } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) { 4730 // Any implicit members are fine. 4731 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) { 4732 // This is a type that showed up in an 4733 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 4734 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 4735 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 4736 } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) { 4737 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 4738 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 4739 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4740 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 4741 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4742 << Record->isUnion(); 4743 else { 4744 // This is a nested type declaration. 4745 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4746 << Record->isUnion(); 4747 Invalid = true; 4748 } 4749 } else { 4750 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 4751 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 4752 // not part of standard C++. 4753 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 4754 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 4755 << Record->isUnion(); 4756 } 4757 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) { 4758 // Any access specifier is fine. 4759 } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) { 4760 // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine. 4761 } else { 4762 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 4763 // member. Complain about it. 4764 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 4765 if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem)) 4766 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 4767 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem)) 4768 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 4769 else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem)) 4770 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 4771 4772 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4773 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 4774 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4775 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4776 << Record->isUnion(); 4777 else { 4778 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) << Record->isUnion(); 4779 Invalid = true; 4780 } 4781 } 4782 } 4783 4784 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 4785 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 4786 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 4787 if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() && 4788 Owner->isRecord()) 4789 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner), 4790 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)); 4791 } 4792 4793 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 4794 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 4795 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 4796 Invalid = true; 4797 } 4798 4799 // Mock up a declarator. 4800 Declarator Dc(DS, DeclaratorContext::MemberContext); 4801 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4802 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 4803 4804 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 4805 NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr; 4806 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4807 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 4808 DS.getLocStart(), 4809 Record->getLocation(), 4810 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4811 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4812 TInfo, 4813 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4814 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4815 Anon->setAccess(AS); 4816 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4817 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 4818 } else { 4819 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4820 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 4821 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4822 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4823 // an error here 4824 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4825 Invalid = true; 4826 SC = SC_None; 4827 } 4828 4829 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 4830 DS.getLocStart(), 4831 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4832 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4833 TInfo, SC); 4834 4835 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 4836 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 4837 // initializer: 4838 // union { int n = 0; }; 4839 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon); 4840 } 4841 Anon->setImplicit(); 4842 4843 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. 4844 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 4845 4846 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 4847 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 4848 // its members. 4849 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 4850 4851 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 4852 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4853 // purposes. 4854 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4855 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4856 4857 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, Chain)) 4858 Invalid = true; 4859 4860 if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) { 4861 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 4862 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 4863 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 4864 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 4865 Context.setManglingNumber( 4866 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 4867 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 4868 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 4869 } 4870 } 4871 } 4872 4873 if (Invalid) 4874 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4875 4876 return Anon; 4877 } 4878 4879 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 4880 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 4881 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 4882 /// Example: 4883 /// 4884 /// struct A { int a; }; 4885 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 4886 /// 4887 /// void foo() { 4888 /// B var; 4889 /// var.a = 3; 4890 /// } 4891 /// 4892 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4893 RecordDecl *Record) { 4894 assert(Record && "expected a record!"); 4895 4896 // Mock up a declarator. 4897 Declarator Dc(DS, DeclaratorContext::TypeNameContext); 4898 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4899 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 4900 4901 auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext); 4902 QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 4903 4904 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 4905 NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 4906 ParentDecl, 4907 DS.getLocStart(), 4908 DS.getLocStart(), 4909 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4910 RecTy, 4911 TInfo, 4912 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4913 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4914 Anon->setImplicit(); 4915 4916 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 4917 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 4918 4919 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 4920 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4921 // purposes. 4922 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4923 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4924 4925 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 4926 if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy, 4927 diag::err_field_incomplete) || 4928 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef, 4929 AS_none, Chain)) { 4930 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4931 ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4932 } 4933 4934 return Anon; 4935 } 4936 4937 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 4938 /// given Declarator. 4939 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 4940 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 4941 } 4942 4943 /// Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 4944 DeclarationNameInfo 4945 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 4946 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 4947 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4948 4949 switch (Name.getKind()) { 4950 4951 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 4952 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier: 4953 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 4954 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4955 return NameInfo; 4956 4957 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DeductionGuideName: { 4958 // C++ [temp.deduct.guide]p3: 4959 // The simple-template-id shall name a class template specialization. 4960 // The template-name shall be the same identifier as the template-name 4961 // of the simple-template-id. 4962 // These together intend to imply that the template-name shall name a 4963 // class template. 4964 // FIXME: template<typename T> struct X {}; 4965 // template<typename T> using Y = X<T>; 4966 // Y(int) -> Y<int>; 4967 // satisfies these rules but does not name a class template. 4968 TemplateName TN = Name.TemplateName.get().get(); 4969 auto *Template = TN.getAsTemplateDecl(); 4970 if (!Template || !isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(Template)) { 4971 Diag(Name.StartLocation, 4972 diag::err_deduction_guide_name_not_class_template) 4973 << (int)getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TN) << TN; 4974 if (Template) 4975 Diag(Template->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here); 4976 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4977 } 4978 4979 NameInfo.setName( 4980 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDeductionGuideName(Template)); 4981 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4982 return NameInfo; 4983 } 4984 4985 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 4986 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 4987 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 4988 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4989 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 4990 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 4991 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 4992 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 4993 return NameInfo; 4994 4995 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 4996 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 4997 Name.Identifier)); 4998 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4999 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 5000 return NameInfo; 5001 5002 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 5003 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 5004 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 5005 if (Ty.isNull()) 5006 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 5007 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 5008 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 5009 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 5010 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 5011 return NameInfo; 5012 } 5013 5014 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorName: { 5015 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 5016 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 5017 if (Ty.isNull()) 5018 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 5019 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 5020 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 5021 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 5022 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 5023 return NameInfo; 5024 } 5025 5026 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 5027 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 5028 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 5029 // to find the actual type being constructed. 5030 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 5031 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 5032 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 5033 5034 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 5035 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 5036 5037 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 5038 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 5039 // was qualified. 5040 5041 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 5042 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 5043 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 5044 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 5045 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr); 5046 return NameInfo; 5047 } 5048 5049 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DestructorName: { 5050 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 5051 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 5052 if (Ty.isNull()) 5053 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 5054 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 5055 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 5056 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 5057 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 5058 return NameInfo; 5059 } 5060 5061 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId: { 5062 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 5063 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 5064 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 5065 } 5066 5067 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 5068 5069 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 5070 } 5071 5072 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 5073 do { 5074 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 5075 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 5076 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 5077 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 5078 else 5079 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 5080 } while (true); 5081 } 5082 5083 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 5084 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 5085 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 5086 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 5087 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 5088 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 5089 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 5090 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 5091 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 5092 FunctionDecl *Definition, 5093 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 5094 Params.clear(); 5095 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 5096 return false; 5097 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 5098 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 5099 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 5100 5101 // The parameter types are identical 5102 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 5103 continue; 5104 5105 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 5106 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 5107 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 5108 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 5109 5110 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 5111 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 5112 Params.push_back(Idx); 5113 else // The two parameters aren't even close 5114 return false; 5115 } 5116 5117 return true; 5118 } 5119 5120 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 5121 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 5122 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 5123 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 5124 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 5125 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 5126 DeclarationName Name) { 5127 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 5128 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 5129 // - types which will become injected class names 5130 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 5131 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 5132 // few cases here. 5133 5134 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 5135 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 5136 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 5137 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 5138 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 5139 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 5140 // Grab the type from the parser. 5141 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr; 5142 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 5143 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 5144 5145 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 5146 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 5147 // attached already. 5148 if (!TSI) 5149 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 5150 5151 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 5152 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 5153 if (!TSI) return true; 5154 5155 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 5156 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 5157 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 5158 break; 5159 } 5160 5161 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 5162 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 5163 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 5164 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 5165 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 5166 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 5167 break; 5168 } 5169 5170 default: 5171 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 5172 break; 5173 } 5174 5175 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 5176 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 5177 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 5178 5179 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 5180 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 5181 // pointer. 5182 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 5183 continue; 5184 5185 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 5186 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 5187 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 5188 return true; 5189 } 5190 5191 return false; 5192 } 5193 5194 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 5195 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 5196 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 5197 5198 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 5199 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 5200 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 5201 5202 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) 5203 setCurrentOpenCLExtensionForDecl(Dcl); 5204 5205 return Dcl; 5206 } 5207 5208 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 5209 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 5210 /// name different from T: 5211 /// - every static data member of class T; 5212 /// - every member function of class T 5213 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 5214 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 5215 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 5216 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 5217 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5218 5219 CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 5220 while (Record && Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) 5221 Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getParent()); 5222 if (Record && Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 5223 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 5224 return true; 5225 } 5226 5227 return false; 5228 } 5229 5230 /// Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 5231 /// nested-name-specifier. 5232 /// 5233 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 5234 /// 5235 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 5236 /// resolves. 5237 /// 5238 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 5239 /// 5240 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 5241 /// 5242 /// \param IsTemplateId Whether the name is a (simple-)template-id, and thus 5243 /// we're declaring an explicit / partial specialization / instantiation. 5244 /// 5245 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 5246 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 5247 DeclarationName Name, 5248 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsTemplateId) { 5249 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 5250 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur)) 5251 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 5252 5253 // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 5254 // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it. 5255 // 5256 // class X { 5257 // void X::f(); 5258 // }; 5259 // 5260 // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all 5261 // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482. 5262 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 5263 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 5264 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 5265 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 5266 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 5267 SS.clear(); 5268 } else { 5269 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name; 5270 } 5271 return false; 5272 } 5273 5274 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 5275 // declaration. For a template-id, we perform the checks in 5276 // CheckTemplateSpecializationScope. 5277 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC) && !IsTemplateId) { 5278 if (Cur->isRecord()) 5279 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 5280 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5281 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 5282 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 5283 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5284 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 5285 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 5286 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5287 else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur)) 5288 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block) 5289 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5290 else 5291 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 5292 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 5293 5294 return true; 5295 } 5296 5297 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 5298 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 5299 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 5300 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5301 SS.clear(); 5302 5303 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 5304 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 5305 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 5306 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 5307 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 5308 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 5309 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 5310 return true; 5311 5312 return false; 5313 } 5314 5315 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 5316 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 5317 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 5318 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 5319 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 5320 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 5321 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 5322 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 5323 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 5324 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 5325 5326 return false; 5327 } 5328 5329 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 5330 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 5331 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 5332 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 5333 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5334 5335 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 5336 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 5337 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 5338 return ActOnDecompositionDeclarator(S, D, TemplateParamLists); 5339 } else if (!Name) { 5340 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 5341 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 5342 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 5343 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 5344 return nullptr; 5345 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 5346 return nullptr; 5347 5348 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 5349 // we find one that is. 5350 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 5351 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 5352 S = S->getParent(); 5353 5354 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 5355 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 5356 D.setInvalidType(); 5357 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5358 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5359 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 5360 return nullptr; 5361 5362 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 5363 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 5364 if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) { 5365 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 5366 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 5367 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 5368 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 5369 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5370 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 5371 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 5372 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5373 return nullptr; 5374 } 5375 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 5376 5377 if (!IsDependentContext && 5378 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 5379 return nullptr; 5380 5381 // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it. 5382 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 5383 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5384 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 5385 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5386 return nullptr; 5387 } 5388 if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 5389 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration( 5390 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, Name, D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5391 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId)) { 5392 if (DC->isRecord()) 5393 return nullptr; 5394 5395 D.setInvalidType(); 5396 } 5397 } 5398 5399 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 5400 // declaration in the current instantiation. 5401 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 5402 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 5403 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 5404 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 5405 D.setInvalidType(); 5406 } 5407 } 5408 5409 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 5410 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5411 5412 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 5413 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 5414 D.setInvalidType(); 5415 5416 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 5417 forRedeclarationInCurContext()); 5418 5419 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 5420 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5421 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 5422 bool CreateBuiltins = false; 5423 5424 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 5425 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 5426 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 5427 // 5428 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with 5429 // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with 5430 // the same name. 5431 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 5432 /* Do nothing*/; 5433 else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 5434 (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern || 5435 R->isFunctionType())) { 5436 IsLinkageLookup = true; 5437 CreateBuiltins = 5438 CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 5439 } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 5440 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 5441 CreateBuiltins = true; 5442 5443 if (IsLinkageLookup) { 5444 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 5445 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForExternalRedeclaration); 5446 } 5447 5448 LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins); 5449 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 5450 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 5451 5452 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 5453 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 5454 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 5455 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 5456 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 5457 // thereof; [...] 5458 // 5459 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 5460 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 5461 // we want to match. For example, given: 5462 // 5463 // class X { 5464 // void f(); 5465 // void f(float); 5466 // }; 5467 // 5468 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 5469 // 5470 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 5471 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 5472 // matches. 5473 5474 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 5475 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 5476 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 5477 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 5478 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 5479 } 5480 5481 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 5482 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 5483 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 5484 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 5485 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5486 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 5487 5488 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 5489 Previous.clear(); 5490 } 5491 5492 if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 5493 // Forget that the previous declaration is the injected-class-name. 5494 Previous.clear(); 5495 5496 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 5497 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 5498 // tag type. Note that this applies to functions, function templates, and 5499 // variables, but not to typedefs (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4) or variable templates. 5500 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 5501 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 5502 (TemplateParamLists.size() == 0 || R->isFunctionType())) 5503 Previous.clear(); 5504 5505 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 5506 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 5507 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 5508 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 5509 5510 NamedDecl *New; 5511 5512 bool AddToScope = true; 5513 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 5514 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 5515 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 5516 return nullptr; 5517 } 5518 5519 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 5520 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 5521 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 5522 TemplateParamLists, 5523 AddToScope); 5524 } else { 5525 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, 5526 AddToScope); 5527 } 5528 5529 if (!New) 5530 return nullptr; 5531 5532 // If this has an identifier and is not a function template specialization, 5533 // add it to the scope stack. 5534 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope) { 5535 // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first 5536 // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should 5537 // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it. 5538 bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl(); 5539 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext); 5540 if (!AddToContext) 5541 CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New); 5542 } 5543 5544 if (isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext()) 5545 checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(nullptr, New); 5546 5547 return New; 5548 } 5549 5550 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5551 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5552 /// GCC compatibility). 5553 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 5554 ASTContext &Context, 5555 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5556 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5557 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 5558 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 5559 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 5560 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 5561 SizeIsNegative = false; 5562 Oversized = 0; 5563 5564 if (T->isDependentType()) 5565 return QualType(); 5566 5567 QualifierCollector Qs; 5568 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 5569 5570 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 5571 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 5572 QualType FixedType = 5573 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5574 Oversized); 5575 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5576 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 5577 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5578 } 5579 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 5580 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 5581 QualType FixedType = 5582 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5583 Oversized); 5584 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5585 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 5586 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5587 } 5588 5589 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 5590 if (!VLATy) 5591 return QualType(); 5592 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 5593 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 5594 return QualType(); 5595 5596 llvm::APSInt Res; 5597 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 5598 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 5599 return QualType(); 5600 5601 // Check whether the array size is negative. 5602 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 5603 SizeIsNegative = true; 5604 return QualType(); 5605 } 5606 5607 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 5608 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 5609 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 5610 Res); 5611 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 5612 Oversized = Res; 5613 return QualType(); 5614 } 5615 5616 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 5617 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5618 } 5619 5620 static void 5621 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 5622 SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5623 DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5624 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 5625 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 5626 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 5627 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 5628 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 5629 return; 5630 } 5631 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 5632 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 5633 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 5634 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 5635 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 5636 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 5637 return; 5638 } 5639 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5640 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5641 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 5642 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 5643 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 5644 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 5645 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 5646 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 5647 } 5648 5649 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5650 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5651 /// GCC compatibility). 5652 static TypeSourceInfo* 5653 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5654 ASTContext &Context, 5655 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5656 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5657 QualType FixedTy 5658 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 5659 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 5660 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 5661 return nullptr; 5662 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 5663 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 5664 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 5665 return FixedTInfo; 5666 } 5667 5668 /// Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 5669 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 5670 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 5671 /// function-scope declarations. 5672 void 5673 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 5674 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5675 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 5676 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 5677 return; 5678 5679 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 5680 Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND); 5681 } 5682 5683 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 5684 // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)). 5685 auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name); 5686 return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin(); 5687 } 5688 5689 /// Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 5690 /// does not identify a function. 5691 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 5692 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 5693 // confusion for constructs like "virtual int a(), b;" 5694 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 5695 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5696 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 5697 5698 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 5699 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5700 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 5701 5702 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 5703 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 5704 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 5705 } 5706 5707 NamedDecl* 5708 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 5709 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 5710 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5711 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5712 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 5713 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5714 D.setInvalidType(); 5715 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 5716 DC = CurContext; 5717 Previous.clear(); 5718 } 5719 5720 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5721 5722 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 5723 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 5724 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17; 5725 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5726 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 5727 << 1; 5728 5729 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier) { 5730 if (D.getName().Kind == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DeductionGuideName) 5731 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, 5732 diag::err_deduction_guide_invalid_specifier) 5733 << "typedef"; 5734 else 5735 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 5736 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 5737 return nullptr; 5738 } 5739 5740 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 5741 if (!NewTD) return nullptr; 5742 5743 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5744 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 5745 5746 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 5747 5748 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 5749 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 5750 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 5751 return ND; 5752 } 5753 5754 void 5755 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 5756 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 5757 // then it shall have block scope. 5758 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 5759 // that redeclarations will match. 5760 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 5761 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 5762 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 5763 setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5764 5765 if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5766 bool SizeIsNegative; 5767 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 5768 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 5769 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 5770 SizeIsNegative, 5771 Oversized); 5772 if (FixedTInfo) { 5773 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 5774 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 5775 } else { 5776 if (SizeIsNegative) 5777 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 5778 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 5779 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 5780 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 5781 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 5782 << Oversized.toString(10); 5783 else 5784 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 5785 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 5786 } 5787 } 5788 } 5789 } 5790 5791 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 5792 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 5793 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 5794 NamedDecl* 5795 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 5796 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 5797 5798 // Find the shadowed declaration before filtering for scope. 5799 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = getShadowedDeclaration(NewTD, Previous); 5800 5801 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 5802 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 5803 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false, 5804 /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false); 5805 filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous); 5806 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5807 Redeclaration = true; 5808 MergeTypedefNameDecl(S, NewTD, Previous); 5809 } 5810 5811 if (ShadowedDecl && !Redeclaration) 5812 CheckShadow(NewTD, ShadowedDecl, Previous); 5813 5814 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 5815 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 5816 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 5817 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5818 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 5819 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 5820 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 5821 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5822 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 5823 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5824 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 5825 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 5826 } 5827 5828 return NewTD; 5829 } 5830 5831 /// Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 5832 /// previous declaration. 5833 /// 5834 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 5835 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 5836 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 5837 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 5838 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 5839 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 5840 /// 5841 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 5842 /// lookup 5843 /// 5844 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 5845 /// declared. 5846 /// 5847 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 5848 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 5849 static bool 5850 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 5851 ASTContext &Context) { 5852 if (!PrevDecl) 5853 return false; 5854 5855 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 5856 return false; 5857 5858 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5859 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 5860 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 5861 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 5862 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 5863 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 5864 // linkage of the previous declaration. 5865 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 5866 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5867 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 5868 return false; 5869 5870 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 5871 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 5872 // We found a member function: ignore it. 5873 return false; 5874 5875 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 5876 // previous declarations. 5877 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5878 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5879 5880 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 5881 // isn't the same function. 5882 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 5883 return false; 5884 } 5885 5886 return true; 5887 } 5888 5889 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 5890 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5891 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 5892 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 5893 } 5894 5895 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 5896 QualType type = decl->getType(); 5897 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 5898 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 5899 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 5900 unsigned kind = -1U; 5901 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5902 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 5903 kind = 0; // __block 5904 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 5905 kind = 1; // global 5906 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 5907 kind = 3; // ivar 5908 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 5909 kind = 2; // field 5910 } 5911 5912 if (kind != -1U) { 5913 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 5914 << kind; 5915 } 5916 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 5917 // Try to infer lifetime. 5918 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 5919 return false; 5920 5921 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 5922 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 5923 decl->setType(type); 5924 } 5925 5926 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5927 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 5928 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 5929 var->getTLSKind()) { 5930 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 5931 << var->getType(); 5932 return true; 5933 } 5934 } 5935 5936 return false; 5937 } 5938 5939 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 5940 // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache 5941 // the wrong linkage. 5942 assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0); 5943 5944 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 5945 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 5946 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5947 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 5948 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 5949 } 5950 } 5951 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 5952 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5953 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 5954 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 5955 ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5956 } 5957 } 5958 5959 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) { 5960 if (VD->hasInit()) { 5961 if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 5962 assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 5963 !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!"); 5964 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD << 0; 5965 VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5966 } 5967 } 5968 } 5969 5970 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations. 5971 // It does not apply to functions. 5972 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 5973 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5974 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), 5975 diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 5976 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 5977 } 5978 } 5979 5980 if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) { 5981 // dll attributes require external linkage. Static locals may have external 5982 // linkage but still cannot be explicitly imported or exported. 5983 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND); 5984 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible() || (VD && VD->isStaticLocal())) { 5985 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern) 5986 << &ND << Attr; 5987 ND.setInvalidDecl(); 5988 } 5989 } 5990 5991 // Virtual functions cannot be marked as 'notail'. 5992 if (auto *Attr = ND.getAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>()) 5993 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(&ND)) 5994 if (MD->isVirtual()) { 5995 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), 5996 diag::err_invalid_attribute_on_virtual_function) 5997 << Attr; 5998 ND.dropAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>(); 5999 } 6000 } 6001 6002 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl, 6003 NamedDecl *NewDecl, 6004 bool IsSpecialization, 6005 bool IsDefinition) { 6006 if (OldDecl->isInvalidDecl() || NewDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 6007 return; 6008 6009 bool IsTemplate = false; 6010 if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 6011 OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 6012 IsTemplate = true; 6013 if (!IsSpecialization) 6014 IsDefinition = false; 6015 } 6016 if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) { 6017 NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 6018 IsTemplate = true; 6019 } 6020 6021 if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl) 6022 return; 6023 6024 const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6025 const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 6026 const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6027 const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 6028 6029 // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude 6030 // inherited attribute instances. 6031 bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) || 6032 (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited()); 6033 6034 // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute, 6035 // the only exception being explicit specializations. 6036 // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there 6037 // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport. 6038 bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr; 6039 6040 if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) { 6041 // Allow with a warning for free functions and global variables. 6042 bool JustWarn = false; 6043 if (!OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) { 6044 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl); 6045 if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 6046 JustWarn = true; 6047 auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); 6048 if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate) 6049 JustWarn = true; 6050 } 6051 6052 // We cannot change a declaration that's been used because IR has already 6053 // been emitted. Dllimported functions will still work though (modulo 6054 // address equality) as they can use the thunk. 6055 if (OldDecl->isUsed()) 6056 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl) || !NewImportAttr) 6057 JustWarn = false; 6058 6059 unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration 6060 : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration; 6061 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID) 6062 << NewDecl 6063 << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr); 6064 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6065 if (!JustWarn) { 6066 NewDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6067 return; 6068 } 6069 } 6070 6071 // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only 6072 // exceptions being inline function definitions (except for function 6073 // templates), local extern declarations, qualified friend declarations or 6074 // special MSVC extension: in the last case, the declaration is treated as if 6075 // it were marked dllexport. 6076 bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false; 6077 bool IsMicrosoft = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft(); 6078 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) { 6079 // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed 6080 // separately. 6081 IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember(); 6082 IsDefinition = VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(S.Context) != 6083 VarDecl::DeclarationOnly; 6084 } else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) { 6085 IsInline = FD->isInlined(); 6086 IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() && 6087 FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared; 6088 } 6089 6090 if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && 6091 (!IsInline || (IsMicrosoft && IsTemplate)) && !IsStaticDataMember && 6092 !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) { 6093 if (IsMicrosoft && IsDefinition) { 6094 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 6095 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_import_attribute) 6096 << NewDecl; 6097 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6098 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6099 NewDecl->addAttr(::new (S.Context) DLLExportAttr( 6100 NewImportAttr->getRange(), S.Context, 6101 NewImportAttr->getSpellingListIndex())); 6102 } else { 6103 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 6104 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 6105 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 6106 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6107 S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute); 6108 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6109 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6110 } 6111 } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && !IsMicrosoft) { 6112 // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport 6113 // attribute. 6114 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6115 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6116 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 6117 diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function) 6118 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 6119 } 6120 6121 // A specialization of a class template member function is processed here 6122 // since it's a redeclaration. If the parent class is dllexport, the 6123 // specialization inherits that attribute. This doesn't happen automatically 6124 // since the parent class isn't instantiated until later. 6125 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDecl)) { 6126 if (MD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_MemberSpecialization && 6127 !NewImportAttr && !NewExportAttr) { 6128 if (const DLLExportAttr *ParentExportAttr = 6129 MD->getParent()->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>()) { 6130 DLLExportAttr *NewAttr = ParentExportAttr->clone(S.Context); 6131 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 6132 NewDecl->addAttr(NewAttr); 6133 } 6134 } 6135 } 6136 } 6137 6138 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 6139 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 6140 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 6141 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 6142 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 6143 6144 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 6145 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 6146 6147 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 6148 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 6149 return false; 6150 6151 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 6152 return S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally; 6153 } 6154 6155 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 6156 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 6157 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 6158 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 6159 /// 6160 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 6161 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 6162 /// 6163 /// For instance: 6164 /// 6165 /// auto x = []{}; 6166 /// 6167 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 6168 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 6169 /// 6170 /// FIXME: This is a hack. 6171 template<typename T> 6172 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 6173 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6174 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 6175 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 6176 return false; 6177 6178 // So do CUDA's host/device attributes. 6179 if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && (D->template hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 6180 D->template hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>())) 6181 return false; 6182 } 6183 return D->isExternC(); 6184 } 6185 6186 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 6187 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 6188 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC)) 6189 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 6190 if (DC->isFileContext()) 6191 return true; 6192 if (DC->isRecord()) 6193 return false; 6194 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 6195 } 6196 6197 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 6198 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 6199 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || 6200 isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC)) 6201 return true; 6202 if (DC->isRecord()) 6203 return false; 6204 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 6205 } 6206 6207 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList, 6208 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 6209 for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext()) 6210 if (L->getKind() == Kind) 6211 return true; 6212 return false; 6213 } 6214 6215 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD, 6216 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 6217 // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec. 6218 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind)) 6219 return true; 6220 6221 // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type 6222 // position to the decl itself. 6223 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 6224 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind)) 6225 return true; 6226 } 6227 6228 // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself. 6229 return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind); 6230 } 6231 6232 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a 6233 /// function-local external declaration. 6234 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) { 6235 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 6236 return false; 6237 6238 // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function 6239 // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is 6240 // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now. 6241 if (DC->isDependentContext()) 6242 return true; 6243 6244 // C++11 [basic.link]p7: 6245 // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to 6246 // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the 6247 // innermost enclosing namespace. 6248 // 6249 // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a 6250 // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one. 6251 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 6252 DC = DC->getParent(); 6253 return true; 6254 } 6255 6256 /// Returns true if given declaration has external C language linkage. 6257 static bool isDeclExternC(const Decl *D) { 6258 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 6259 return FD->isExternC(); 6260 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 6261 return VD->isExternC(); 6262 6263 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!"); 6264 } 6265 6266 NamedDecl *Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator( 6267 Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6268 LookupResult &Previous, MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 6269 bool &AddToScope, ArrayRef<BindingDecl *> Bindings) { 6270 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 6271 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 6272 6273 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 6274 6275 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 6276 // Take the name of the first declarator as our name for diagnostic 6277 // purposes. 6278 auto &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator(); 6279 if (!Decomp.bindings().empty()) { 6280 II = Decomp.bindings()[0].Name; 6281 Name = II; 6282 } 6283 } else if (!II) { 6284 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) << Name; 6285 return nullptr; 6286 } 6287 6288 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 6289 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.b - Image type can only be used as a function argument. 6290 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16.1 - Pipe type can only be used as a function 6291 // argument. 6292 if (R->isImageType() || R->isPipeType()) { 6293 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6294 diag::err_opencl_type_can_only_be_used_as_function_parameter) 6295 << R; 6296 D.setInvalidType(); 6297 return nullptr; 6298 } 6299 6300 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r: 6301 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 6302 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.q: 6303 // The clk_event_t and reserve_id_t types cannot be declared in program scope. 6304 if (NULL == S->getParent()) { 6305 if (R->isReserveIDT() || R->isClkEventT() || R->isEventT()) { 6306 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6307 diag::err_invalid_type_for_program_scope_var) << R; 6308 D.setInvalidType(); 6309 return nullptr; 6310 } 6311 } 6312 6313 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed. 6314 QualType NR = R; 6315 while (NR->isPointerType()) { 6316 if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) { 6317 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer); 6318 D.setInvalidType(); 6319 break; 6320 } 6321 NR = NR->getPointeeType(); 6322 } 6323 6324 if (!getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp16")) { 6325 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 6326 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 6327 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 6328 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 6329 D.setInvalidType(); 6330 } 6331 } 6332 6333 if (R->isSamplerT()) { 6334 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 6335 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 6336 // space qualifiers. 6337 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 6338 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) { 6339 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 6340 } 6341 6342 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.12.14.1: 6343 // A global sampler must be declared with either the constant address 6344 // space qualifier or with the const qualifier. 6345 if (DC->isTranslationUnit() && 6346 !(R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 6347 R.isConstQualified())) { 6348 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_nonconst_global_sampler); 6349 D.setInvalidType(); 6350 } 6351 } 6352 6353 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r: 6354 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 6355 // address space qualifiers. 6356 if (R->isEventT()) { 6357 if (R.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_private) { 6358 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 6359 D.setInvalidType(); 6360 } 6361 } 6362 6363 // OpenCL C++ 1.0 s2.9: the thread_local storage qualifier is not 6364 // supported. OpenCL C does not support thread_local either, and 6365 // also reject all other thread storage class specifiers. 6366 DeclSpec::TSCS TSC = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec(); 6367 if (TSC != TSCS_unspecified) { 6368 bool IsCXX = getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus; 6369 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6370 diag::err_opencl_unknown_type_specifier) 6371 << IsCXX << getLangOpts().getOpenCLVersionTuple().getAsString() 6372 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSC) << 1; 6373 D.setInvalidType(); 6374 return nullptr; 6375 } 6376 } 6377 6378 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 6379 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 6380 6381 // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We 6382 // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext. 6383 if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() && 6384 hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) && 6385 !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport)) 6386 SC = SC_Extern; 6387 6388 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 6389 bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern && 6390 adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 6391 6392 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 6393 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 6394 // an error here 6395 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 6396 D.setInvalidType(); 6397 SC = SC_None; 6398 } 6399 6400 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 6401 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 6402 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 6403 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 6404 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 6405 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 6406 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6407 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ? diag::ext_register_storage_class 6408 : diag::warn_deprecated_register) 6409 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6410 } 6411 6412 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 6413 6414 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 6415 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 6416 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 6417 // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support. 6418 if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) { 6419 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 6420 D.setInvalidType(); 6421 } 6422 } 6423 6424 bool IsMemberSpecialization = false; 6425 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; 6426 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; 6427 bool IsVariableTemplate = false; 6428 VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr; 6429 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr; 6430 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr; 6431 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6432 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 6433 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 6434 R, TInfo, SC); 6435 6436 if (R->getContainedDeducedType()) 6437 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 6438 6439 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6440 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6441 } else { 6442 bool Invalid = false; 6443 6444 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 6445 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 6446 switch (SC) { 6447 case SC_None: 6448 break; 6449 case SC_Static: 6450 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6451 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 6452 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6453 break; 6454 case SC_Auto: 6455 case SC_Register: 6456 case SC_Extern: 6457 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 6458 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 6459 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 6460 // of class members 6461 6462 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6463 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 6464 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6465 break; 6466 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6467 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 6468 } 6469 } 6470 6471 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 6472 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 6473 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 6474 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6475 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 6476 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 6477 6478 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 6479 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 6480 if (RD->isUnion()) 6481 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6482 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 6483 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 6484 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 6485 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 6486 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 6487 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6488 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 6489 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 6490 } 6491 } 6492 6493 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 6494 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 6495 TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 6496 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6497 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 6498 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId 6499 ? D.getName().TemplateId 6500 : nullptr, 6501 TemplateParamLists, 6502 /*never a friend*/ false, IsMemberSpecialization, Invalid); 6503 6504 if (TemplateParams) { 6505 if (!TemplateParams->size() && 6506 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) { 6507 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 6508 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 6509 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 6510 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 6511 << II 6512 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 6513 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 6514 TemplateParams = nullptr; 6515 } else { 6516 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) { 6517 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. 6518 // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here. 6519 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 6520 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; 6521 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) 6522 // This is a template declaration. 6523 IsVariableTemplate = true; 6524 6525 // Check that we can declare a template here. 6526 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 6527 return nullptr; 6528 6529 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). 6530 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6531 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 6532 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template 6533 : diag::ext_variable_template); 6534 } 6535 } 6536 } else { 6537 assert((Invalid || 6538 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) && 6539 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 6540 } 6541 6542 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 6543 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = 6544 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 6545 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() 6546 : SourceLocation(); 6547 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 6548 S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, 6549 IsPartialSpecialization); 6550 if (Res.isInvalid()) 6551 return nullptr; 6552 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); 6553 AddToScope = false; 6554 } else if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 6555 NewVD = DecompositionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 6556 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R, TInfo, SC, 6557 Bindings); 6558 } else 6559 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 6560 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); 6561 6562 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. 6563 if (IsVariableTemplate) { 6564 NewTemplate = 6565 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, 6566 TemplateParams, NewVD); 6567 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); 6568 } 6569 6570 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 6571 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 6572 if (R->getContainedDeducedType()) 6573 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 6574 6575 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) { 6576 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6577 if (NewTemplate) 6578 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6579 } 6580 6581 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 6582 6583 // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to 6584 // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them. 6585 unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0; 6586 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists) 6587 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( 6588 Context, TemplateParamLists.drop_back(VDTemplateParamLists)); 6589 6590 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) { 6591 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 6592 // C++1z [dcl.spec.constexpr]p1: 6593 // A static data member declared with the constexpr specifier is 6594 // implicitly an inline variable. 6595 if (NewVD->isStaticDataMember() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17) 6596 NewVD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6597 } 6598 } 6599 6600 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) { 6601 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6602 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 6603 << 0; 6604 } else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6605 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope variable declaration. 6606 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 6607 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 6608 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 6609 } else { 6610 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 6611 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ? diag::warn_cxx14_compat_inline_variable 6612 : diag::ext_inline_variable); 6613 NewVD->setInlineSpecified(); 6614 } 6615 } 6616 6617 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 6618 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 6619 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6620 if (NewTemplate) 6621 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6622 6623 if (IsLocalExternDecl) { 6624 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) 6625 for (auto *B : Bindings) 6626 B->setLocalExternDecl(); 6627 else 6628 NewVD->setLocalExternDecl(); 6629 } 6630 6631 bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false; 6632 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 6633 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 6634 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 6635 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 6636 // explicitly. 6637 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 6638 // 'extern'. 6639 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && 6640 (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified || 6641 TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local || 6642 !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())) 6643 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6644 diag::err_thread_non_global) 6645 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 6646 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) { 6647 if (getLangOpts().CUDA || getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice) { 6648 // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to 6649 // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the 6650 // error should be ignored. 6651 EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true; 6652 // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with 6653 // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going 6654 // to emit any code for it. 6655 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 6656 } else 6657 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6658 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 6659 } else 6660 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 6661 } 6662 6663 // C99 6.7.4p3 6664 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 6665 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 6666 // thread storage duration... 6667 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 6668 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 6669 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 6670 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 6671 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 6672 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 6673 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 6674 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 6675 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 6676 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6677 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 6678 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 6679 } 6680 } 6681 6682 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 6683 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6684 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6685 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) 6686 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 6687 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6688 else if (IsMemberSpecialization) 6689 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6690 << 2 6691 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6692 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 6693 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 6694 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 6695 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 6696 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6697 else { 6698 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 6699 if (NewTemplate) 6700 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 6701 for (auto *B : Bindings) 6702 B->setModulePrivate(); 6703 } 6704 } 6705 6706 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 6707 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 6708 6709 if (getLangOpts().CUDA || getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice) { 6710 if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError && 6711 ((getLangOpts().CUDA && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) || 6712 (getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice && 6713 NewVD->hasAttr<OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr>()))) 6714 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6715 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 6716 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 6717 // storage [duration]." 6718 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 6719 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 6720 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 6721 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 6722 } 6723 } 6724 6725 // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as 6726 // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can 6727 // check the VarDecl itself. 6728 assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() || 6729 NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() || 6730 NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None); 6731 6732 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 6733 // retainable type. 6734 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 6735 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6736 6737 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 6738 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 6739 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 6740 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 6741 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 6742 if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) { 6743 switch (SC) { 6744 case SC_None: 6745 case SC_Auto: 6746 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 6747 break; 6748 case SC_Register: 6749 // Local Named register 6750 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label) && 6751 DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), getCurFunctionDecl())) 6752 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6753 break; 6754 case SC_Static: 6755 case SC_Extern: 6756 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6757 break; 6758 } 6759 } else if (SC == SC_Register) { 6760 // Global Named register 6761 if (DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) { 6762 const auto &TI = Context.getTargetInfo(); 6763 bool HasSizeMismatch; 6764 6765 if (!TI.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 6766 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6767 else if (!TI.validateGlobalRegisterVariable(Label, 6768 Context.getTypeSize(R), 6769 HasSizeMismatch)) 6770 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_invalid_global_var_reg) << Label; 6771 else if (HasSizeMismatch) 6772 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_register_size_mismatch) << Label; 6773 } 6774 6775 if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) { 6776 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type); 6777 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6778 } 6779 } 6780 6781 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 6782 Context, Label, 0)); 6783 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 6784 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 6785 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 6786 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 6787 if (isDeclExternC(NewVD)) { 6788 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 6789 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 6790 } else 6791 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 6792 << /*Variable*/1 << NewVD; 6793 } 6794 } 6795 6796 // Find the shadowed declaration before filtering for scope. 6797 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty() 6798 ? getShadowedDeclaration(NewVD, Previous) 6799 : nullptr; 6800 6801 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 6802 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 6803 // declaration has linkage). 6804 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 6805 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 6806 IsMemberSpecialization || 6807 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); 6808 6809 // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This 6810 // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3. 6811 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 6812 NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) 6813 NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope( 6814 Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() && 6815 isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false)); 6816 6817 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6818 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6819 } else { 6820 // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it. 6821 if (IsMemberSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6822 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 6823 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6824 6825 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 6826 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6827 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 6828 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 6829 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6830 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 6831 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 6832 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 6833 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6834 Previous.clear(); 6835 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6836 } 6837 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6838 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 6839 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 6840 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 6841 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6842 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6843 } 6844 6845 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6846 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6847 6848 if (NewTemplate) { 6849 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 6850 NewVD->getPreviousDecl() 6851 ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate() 6852 : nullptr; 6853 6854 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly 6855 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable 6856 // template declaration. 6857 if (CheckTemplateParameterList( 6858 TemplateParams, 6859 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 6860 : nullptr, 6861 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && 6862 DC->isDependentContext()) 6863 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 6864 : TPC_VarTemplate)) 6865 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6866 6867 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable 6868 // template, make a note of that. 6869 if (PrevVarTemplate && 6870 PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) 6871 PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); 6872 } 6873 } 6874 6875 // Diagnose shadowed variables iff this isn't a redeclaration. 6876 if (ShadowedDecl && !D.isRedeclaration()) 6877 CheckShadow(NewVD, ShadowedDecl, Previous); 6878 6879 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 6880 6881 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 6882 // the map of such variables. 6883 if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6884 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 6885 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 6886 6887 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6888 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 6889 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 6890 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 6891 Context.setManglingNumber( 6892 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 6893 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 6894 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 6895 } 6896 } 6897 6898 // Special handling of variable named 'main'. 6899 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("main") && 6900 NewVD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 6901 !getLangOpts().Freestanding && !NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { 6902 6903 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3 6904 // A program that declares a variable main at global scope is ill-formed. 6905 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 6906 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_main_global_variable); 6907 6908 // In C, and external-linkage variable named main results in undefined 6909 // behavior. 6910 else if (NewVD->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) 6911 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::warn_main_redefined); 6912 } 6913 6914 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 6915 NamedDecl *Prev = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 6916 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(*this, Prev, NewVD, IsMemberSpecialization, 6917 D.isFunctionDefinition()); 6918 } 6919 6920 if (NewTemplate) { 6921 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6922 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6923 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); 6924 return NewTemplate; 6925 } 6926 6927 if (IsMemberSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6928 CompleteMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous); 6929 6930 return NewVD; 6931 } 6932 6933 /// Enum describing the %select options in diag::warn_decl_shadow. 6934 enum ShadowedDeclKind { 6935 SDK_Local, 6936 SDK_Global, 6937 SDK_StaticMember, 6938 SDK_Field, 6939 SDK_Typedef, 6940 SDK_Using 6941 }; 6942 6943 /// Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 6944 static ShadowedDeclKind computeShadowedDeclKind(const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl, 6945 const DeclContext *OldDC) { 6946 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6947 return SDK_Using; 6948 else if (isa<TypedefDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6949 return SDK_Typedef; 6950 else if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) 6951 return isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? SDK_Field : SDK_StaticMember; 6952 6953 return OldDC->isFileContext() ? SDK_Global : SDK_Local; 6954 } 6955 6956 /// Return the location of the capture if the given lambda captures the given 6957 /// variable \p VD, or an invalid source location otherwise. 6958 static SourceLocation getCaptureLocation(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, 6959 const VarDecl *VD) { 6960 for (const Capture &Capture : LSI->Captures) { 6961 if (Capture.isVariableCapture() && Capture.getVariable() == VD) 6962 return Capture.getLocation(); 6963 } 6964 return SourceLocation(); 6965 } 6966 6967 static bool shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(const DiagnosticsEngine &Diags, 6968 const LookupResult &R) { 6969 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 6970 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 6971 return false; 6972 6973 // Return false if warning is ignored. 6974 return !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()); 6975 } 6976 6977 /// Return the declaration shadowed by the given variable \p D, or null 6978 /// if it doesn't shadow any declaration or shadowing warnings are disabled. 6979 NamedDecl *Sema::getShadowedDeclaration(const VarDecl *D, 6980 const LookupResult &R) { 6981 if (!shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(Diags, R)) 6982 return nullptr; 6983 6984 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 6985 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 6986 return nullptr; 6987 6988 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 6989 return isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) || isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl) 6990 ? ShadowedDecl 6991 : nullptr; 6992 } 6993 6994 /// Return the declaration shadowed by the given typedef \p D, or null 6995 /// if it doesn't shadow any declaration or shadowing warnings are disabled. 6996 NamedDecl *Sema::getShadowedDeclaration(const TypedefNameDecl *D, 6997 const LookupResult &R) { 6998 // Don't warn if typedef declaration is part of a class 6999 if (D->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 7000 return nullptr; 7001 7002 if (!shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(Diags, R)) 7003 return nullptr; 7004 7005 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 7006 return isa<TypedefNameDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? ShadowedDecl : nullptr; 7007 } 7008 7009 /// Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 7010 /// -Wshadow. 7011 /// 7012 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 7013 /// scope. 7014 /// 7015 /// \param ShadowedDecl the declaration that is shadowed by the given variable 7016 /// \param R the lookup of the name 7017 /// 7018 void Sema::CheckShadow(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl, 7019 const LookupResult &R) { 7020 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 7021 7022 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) { 7023 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 7024 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 7025 if (MD->isStatic()) 7026 return; 7027 7028 // Fields shadowed by constructor parameters are a special case. Usually 7029 // the constructor initializes the field with the parameter. 7030 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewDC)) 7031 if (const auto PVD = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(D)) { 7032 // Remember that this was shadowed so we can either warn about its 7033 // modification or its existence depending on warning settings. 7034 ShadowingDecls.insert({PVD->getCanonicalDecl(), FD}); 7035 return; 7036 } 7037 } 7038 7039 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 7040 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 7041 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 7042 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 7043 for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls()) 7044 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 7045 ShadowedDecl = I; 7046 break; 7047 } 7048 } 7049 7050 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 7051 7052 unsigned WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow; 7053 SourceLocation CaptureLoc; 7054 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && NewDC && 7055 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) { 7056 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewDC->getParent())) { 7057 if (RD->isLambda() && OldDC->Encloses(NewDC->getLexicalParent())) { 7058 if (RD->getLambdaCaptureDefault() == LCD_None) { 7059 // Try to avoid warnings for lambdas with an explicit capture list. 7060 const auto *LSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction()); 7061 // Warn only when the lambda captures the shadowed decl explicitly. 7062 CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)); 7063 if (CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) 7064 WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local; 7065 } else { 7066 // Remember that this was shadowed so we can avoid the warning if the 7067 // shadowed decl isn't captured and the warning settings allow it. 7068 cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction()) 7069 ->ShadowingDecls.push_back( 7070 {cast<VarDecl>(D), cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)}); 7071 return; 7072 } 7073 } 7074 7075 if (cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)->hasLocalStorage()) { 7076 // A variable can't shadow a local variable in an enclosing scope, if 7077 // they are separated by a non-capturing declaration context. 7078 for (DeclContext *ParentDC = NewDC; 7079 ParentDC && !ParentDC->Equals(OldDC); 7080 ParentDC = getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(ParentDC)) { 7081 // Only block literals, captured statements, and lambda expressions 7082 // can capture; other scopes don't. 7083 if (!isa<BlockDecl>(ParentDC) && !isa<CapturedDecl>(ParentDC) && 7084 !isLambdaCallOperator(ParentDC)) { 7085 return; 7086 } 7087 } 7088 } 7089 } 7090 } 7091 7092 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 7093 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 7094 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 7095 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 7096 return; 7097 7098 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 7099 // static data members from base classes? 7100 7101 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 7102 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 7103 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 7104 } 7105 7106 7107 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 7108 7109 // Emit warning and note. 7110 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc())) 7111 return; 7112 ShadowedDeclKind Kind = computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC); 7113 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), WarningDiag) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 7114 if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) 7115 Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here) 7116 << Name << /*explicitly*/ 1; 7117 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7118 } 7119 7120 /// Diagnose shadowing for variables shadowed in the lambda record \p LambdaRD 7121 /// when these variables are captured by the lambda. 7122 void Sema::DiagnoseShadowingLambdaDecls(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI) { 7123 for (const auto &Shadow : LSI->ShadowingDecls) { 7124 const VarDecl *ShadowedDecl = Shadow.ShadowedDecl; 7125 // Try to avoid the warning when the shadowed decl isn't captured. 7126 SourceLocation CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, ShadowedDecl); 7127 const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 7128 Diag(Shadow.VD->getLocation(), CaptureLoc.isInvalid() 7129 ? diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local 7130 : diag::warn_decl_shadow) 7131 << Shadow.VD->getDeclName() 7132 << computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC) << OldDC; 7133 if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) 7134 Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here) 7135 << Shadow.VD->getDeclName() << /*explicitly*/ 0; 7136 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7137 } 7138 } 7139 7140 /// Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 7141 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 7142 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation())) 7143 return; 7144 7145 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 7146 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForVisibleRedeclaration); 7147 LookupName(R, S); 7148 if (NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = getShadowedDeclaration(D, R)) 7149 CheckShadow(D, ShadowedDecl, R); 7150 } 7151 7152 /// Check if 'E', which is an expression that is about to be modified, refers 7153 /// to a constructor parameter that shadows a field. 7154 void Sema::CheckShadowingDeclModification(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc) { 7155 // Quickly ignore expressions that can't be shadowing ctor parameters. 7156 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || ShadowingDecls.empty()) 7157 return; 7158 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7159 auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E); 7160 if (!DRE) 7161 return; 7162 const NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); 7163 auto I = ShadowingDecls.find(D); 7164 if (I == ShadowingDecls.end()) 7165 return; 7166 const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = I->second; 7167 const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 7168 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_modifying_shadowing_decl) << D << OldDC; 7169 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_var_declared_here) << D; 7170 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7171 7172 // Avoid issuing multiple warnings about the same decl. 7173 ShadowingDecls.erase(I); 7174 } 7175 7176 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 7177 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 7178 template<typename T> 7179 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 7180 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 7181 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 7182 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 7183 7184 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 7185 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 7186 // declaration. 7187 return false; 7188 } 7189 7190 if (Prev) { 7191 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 7192 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 7193 // redeclaration. 7194 Previous.clear(); 7195 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 7196 return true; 7197 } 7198 7199 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 7200 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 7201 // declaration. 7202 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 7203 return false; 7204 } else { 7205 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 7206 // translation unit which might conflict. 7207 if (IsGlobal) { 7208 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 7209 IsGlobal = false; 7210 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 7211 I != E; ++I) { 7212 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 7213 Prev = *I; 7214 break; 7215 } 7216 } 7217 } else { 7218 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 7219 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 7220 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 7221 I != E; ++I) { 7222 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 7223 Prev = *I; 7224 break; 7225 } 7226 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 7227 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 7228 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 7229 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 7230 // diagnostic. 7231 } 7232 } 7233 7234 if (!Prev) 7235 return false; 7236 } 7237 7238 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 7239 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 7240 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 7241 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 7242 Prev = FD->getFirstDecl(); 7243 else 7244 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl(); 7245 7246 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 7247 << IsGlobal << ND; 7248 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 7249 << IsGlobal; 7250 return false; 7251 } 7252 7253 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 7254 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 7255 /// 7256 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 7257 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 7258 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 7259 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 7260 /// the same name as an entity in global scope. 7261 template<typename T> 7262 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 7263 LookupResult &Previous) { 7264 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7265 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 7266 // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because 7267 // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext. 7268 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 7269 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 7270 Previous.clear(); 7271 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 7272 return true; 7273 } 7274 } 7275 return false; 7276 } 7277 7278 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 7279 // declaration. 7280 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 7281 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 7282 7283 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 7284 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 7285 // in another scope. 7286 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 7287 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 7288 7289 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 7290 return false; 7291 } 7292 7293 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 7294 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 7295 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 7296 return; 7297 7298 QualType T = NewVD->getType(); 7299 7300 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 7301 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 7302 return; 7303 7304 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 7305 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 7306 7307 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 7308 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 7309 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 7310 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 7311 NewVD->setType(T); 7312 } 7313 7314 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 7315 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 7316 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 7317 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 7318 if (!getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && 7319 T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default) { 7320 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl) << 0; 7321 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7322 return; 7323 } 7324 7325 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 - The static qualifier is valid only in program 7326 // scope. 7327 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 120 && 7328 !getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_clang_storage_class_specifiers") && 7329 NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 7330 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 7331 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7332 return; 7333 } 7334 7335 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 7336 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The __block storage type is not supported. 7337 if (NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7338 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_block_storage_type); 7339 return; 7340 } 7341 7342 if (T->isBlockPointerType()) { 7343 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Any block declaration must be const qualified and 7344 // can't use 'extern' storage class. 7345 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 7346 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration) 7347 << 0 /*const*/; 7348 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7349 return; 7350 } 7351 if (NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 7352 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_extern_block_declaration); 7353 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7354 return; 7355 } 7356 } 7357 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 7358 // __constant address space. 7359 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.1 - Variables defined at program scope and static 7360 // variables inside a function can also be declared in the global 7361 // address space. 7362 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl() || NewVD->isStaticLocal() || 7363 NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 7364 if (!T->isSamplerT() && 7365 !(T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 7366 (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global && 7367 getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200))) { 7368 int Scope = NewVD->isStaticLocal() | NewVD->hasExternalStorage() << 1; 7369 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200) 7370 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 7371 << Scope << "global or constant"; 7372 else 7373 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 7374 << Scope << "constant"; 7375 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7376 return; 7377 } 7378 } else { 7379 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) { 7380 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 7381 << 1 /*is any function*/ << "global"; 7382 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7383 return; 7384 } 7385 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 7386 T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 7387 FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 7388 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3: no local or constant variables 7389 // in functions. 7390 if (FD && !FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 7391 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) 7392 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 7393 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "constant"; 7394 else 7395 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 7396 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "local"; 7397 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7398 return; 7399 } 7400 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3: local and constant variables must be 7401 // in the outermost scope of a kernel function. 7402 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 7403 if (!getCurScope()->isFunctionScope()) { 7404 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) 7405 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_addrspace_scope) 7406 << "constant"; 7407 else 7408 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_addrspace_scope) 7409 << "local"; 7410 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7411 return; 7412 } 7413 } 7414 } else if (T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_private) { 7415 // Do not allow other address spaces on automatic variable. 7416 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl) << 1; 7417 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7418 return; 7419 } 7420 } 7421 } 7422 7423 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 7424 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7425 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 7426 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 7427 else { 7428 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 7429 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 7430 } 7431 } 7432 7433 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 7434 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 7435 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 7436 setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); 7437 7438 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 7439 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 7440 bool SizeIsNegative; 7441 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 7442 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo( 7443 NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Context, SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 7444 QualType FixedT; 7445 if (FixedTInfo && T == NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()) 7446 FixedT = FixedTInfo->getType(); 7447 else if (FixedTInfo) { 7448 // Type and type-as-written are canonically different. We need to fix up 7449 // both types separately. 7450 FixedT = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 7451 Oversized); 7452 } 7453 if ((!FixedTInfo || FixedT.isNull()) && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 7454 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 7455 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 7456 // int a[10][n]; 7457 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 7458 7459 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 7460 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 7461 << SizeRange; 7462 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 7463 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 7464 << SizeRange; 7465 else 7466 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 7467 << SizeRange; 7468 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7469 return; 7470 } 7471 7472 if (!FixedTInfo) { 7473 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 7474 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 7475 else 7476 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 7477 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7478 return; 7479 } 7480 7481 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 7482 NewVD->setType(FixedT); 7483 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 7484 } 7485 7486 if (T->isVoidType()) { 7487 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 7488 // of objects and functions. 7489 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7490 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 7491 << T; 7492 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7493 return; 7494 } 7495 } 7496 7497 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7498 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 7499 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7500 return; 7501 } 7502 7503 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7504 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 7505 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7506 return; 7507 } 7508 7509 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 7510 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 7511 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 7512 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7513 return; 7514 } 7515 } 7516 7517 /// Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 7518 /// declaration. 7519 /// 7520 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 7521 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 7522 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 7523 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 7524 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 7525 /// 7526 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 7527 /// 7528 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 7529 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) { 7530 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 7531 7532 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 7533 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 7534 return false; 7535 7536 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 7537 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 7538 if (Previous.empty() && 7539 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous)) 7540 Previous.setShadowed(); 7541 7542 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7543 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 7544 return true; 7545 } 7546 return false; 7547 } 7548 7549 namespace { 7550 struct FindOverriddenMethod { 7551 Sema *S; 7552 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 7553 7554 /// Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 7555 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 7556 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 7557 bool operator()(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) { 7558 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = 7559 Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7560 7561 DeclarationName Name = Method->getDeclName(); 7562 7563 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 7564 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7565 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 7566 QualType T = S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 7567 CanQualType CT = S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 7568 7569 Name = S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 7570 } 7571 7572 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); !Path.Decls.empty(); 7573 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 7574 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 7575 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 7576 if (MD->isVirtual() && !S->IsOverload(Method, MD, false)) 7577 return true; 7578 } 7579 } 7580 7581 return false; 7582 } 7583 }; 7584 7585 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 7586 } // end anonymous namespace 7587 7588 /// Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 7589 /// overridden methods. 7590 /// 7591 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 7592 /// \param MD the overriding method. 7593 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 7594 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 7595 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 7596 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 7597 for (const CXXMethodDecl *O : MD->overridden_methods()) { 7598 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 7599 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 7600 // out the diag loop 3 times. 7601 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 7602 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !O->isDeleted()) || 7603 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && O->isDeleted())) 7604 S.Diag(O->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 7605 } 7606 } 7607 7608 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 7609 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 7610 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 7611 // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override. 7612 CXXBasePaths Paths; 7613 FindOverriddenMethod FOM; 7614 FOM.Method = MD; 7615 FOM.S = this; 7616 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 7617 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 7618 bool AddedAny = false; 7619 if (DC->lookupInBases(FOM, Paths)) { 7620 for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) { 7621 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) { 7622 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 7623 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 7624 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 7625 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 7626 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 7627 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 7628 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 7629 AddedAny = true; 7630 } 7631 } 7632 } 7633 } 7634 7635 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 7636 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 7637 } 7638 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 7639 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 7640 } 7641 7642 return AddedAny; 7643 } 7644 7645 namespace { 7646 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 7647 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 7648 struct ActOnFDArgs { 7649 Scope *S; 7650 Declarator &D; 7651 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 7652 bool AddToScope; 7653 }; 7654 } // end anonymous namespace 7655 7656 namespace { 7657 7658 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 7659 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 7660 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 7661 public: 7662 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 7663 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 7664 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 7665 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {} 7666 7667 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 7668 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 7669 return false; 7670 7671 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 7672 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 7673 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 7674 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 7675 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 7676 7677 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 7678 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7679 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 7680 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 7681 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 7682 return true; 7683 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 7684 return true; 7685 } 7686 } 7687 } 7688 7689 return false; 7690 } 7691 7692 private: 7693 ASTContext &Context; 7694 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 7695 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 7696 }; 7697 7698 } // end anonymous namespace 7699 7700 void Sema::MarkTypoCorrectedFunctionDefinition(const NamedDecl *F) { 7701 TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions.insert(F); 7702 } 7703 7704 /// Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 7705 /// 7706 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 7707 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 7708 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 7709 /// the same name. 7710 /// 7711 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 7712 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 7713 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7714 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 7715 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) { 7716 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 7717 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 7718 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 7719 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 7720 TypoCorrection Correction; 7721 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition(); 7722 unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 7723 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match; 7724 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 7725 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName 7726 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 7727 Sema::ForVisibleRedeclaration); 7728 7729 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7730 if (IsLocalFriend) 7731 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S); 7732 else 7733 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 7734 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 7735 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 7736 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 7737 if (!Prev.empty()) { 7738 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 7739 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 7740 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 7741 if (FD && 7742 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7743 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 7744 // involve a parameter 7745 unsigned ParamNum = 7746 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 7747 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 7748 } 7749 } 7750 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 7751 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( 7752 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, 7753 &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 7754 llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>( 7755 SemaRef.Context, NewFD, MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr), 7756 Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) { 7757 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 7758 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 7759 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7760 Previous.clear(); 7761 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 7762 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 7763 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 7764 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 7765 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 7766 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 7767 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7768 Previous.addDecl(FD); 7769 } 7770 } 7771 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 7772 7773 NamedDecl *Result; 7774 // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous 7775 // declarations, and with errors suppressed. 7776 { 7777 // Trap errors. 7778 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 7779 7780 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 7781 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully 7782 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 7783 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 7784 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 7785 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 7786 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 7787 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 7788 7789 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) 7790 Result = nullptr; 7791 } 7792 7793 if (Result) { 7794 // Determine which correction we picked. 7795 Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl(); 7796 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 7797 I != E; ++I) 7798 if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical) 7799 Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I); 7800 7801 // Let Sema know about the correction. 7802 SemaRef.MarkTypoCorrectedFunctionDefinition(Result); 7803 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo( 7804 Correction, 7805 SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend 7806 ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 7807 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest) 7808 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition); 7809 return Result; 7810 } 7811 7812 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 7813 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 7814 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7815 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 7816 Previous.clear(); 7817 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 7818 } 7819 7820 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 7821 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation(); 7822 7823 bool NewFDisConst = false; 7824 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 7825 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 7826 7827 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator 7828 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 7829 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 7830 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 7831 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 7832 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst(); 7833 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend; 7834 7835 // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case. 7836 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 7837 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 7838 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 7839 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 7840 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match 7841 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match) 7842 << Idx << FDParam->getType() 7843 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType(); 7844 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 7845 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 7846 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7847 } else 7848 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), 7849 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match 7850 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match); 7851 } 7852 return nullptr; 7853 } 7854 7855 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) { 7856 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 7857 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 7858 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 7859 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 7860 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 7861 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7862 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 7863 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 7864 D.setInvalidType(); 7865 break; 7866 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 7867 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 7868 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 7869 return SC_None; 7870 return SC_Extern; 7871 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 7872 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7873 // C99 6.7.1p5: 7874 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 7875 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 7876 // other than extern 7877 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 7878 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7879 diag::err_static_block_func); 7880 break; 7881 } else 7882 return SC_Static; 7883 } 7884 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 7885 } 7886 7887 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 7888 return SC_None; 7889 } 7890 7891 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 7892 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 7893 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 7894 StorageClass SC, 7895 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 7896 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 7897 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 7898 7899 FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr; 7900 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 7901 7902 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7903 // Determine whether the function was written with a 7904 // prototype. This true when: 7905 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 7906 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other non- 7907 // attributed reference to a type name (which eventually refers to a 7908 // function type). 7909 bool HasPrototype = 7910 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 7911 (!R->getAsAdjusted<FunctionType>() && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 7912 7913 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7914 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 7915 TInfo, SC, isInline, 7916 HasPrototype, false); 7917 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7918 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7919 7920 return NewFD; 7921 } 7922 7923 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 7924 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 7925 7926 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 7927 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 7928 // the class has been completely parsed. 7929 if (!DC->isRecord() && 7930 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType( 7931 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), 7932 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 7933 D.setInvalidType(); 7934 7935 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 7936 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 7937 assert(DC->isRecord() && 7938 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 7939 7940 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7941 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7942 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 7943 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 7944 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 7945 isConstexpr); 7946 7947 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7948 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 7949 if (DC->isRecord()) { 7950 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7951 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 7952 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 7953 SemaRef.Context, Record, 7954 D.getLocStart(), 7955 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 7956 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 7957 7958 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 7959 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 7960 // it yet. 7961 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 7962 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 7963 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 7964 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 7965 } 7966 7967 IsVirtualOkay = true; 7968 return NewDD; 7969 7970 } else { 7971 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 7972 D.setInvalidType(); 7973 7974 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 7975 // code path. 7976 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7977 D.getLocStart(), 7978 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 7979 SC, isInline, 7980 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 7981 } 7982 7983 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 7984 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 7985 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7986 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 7987 return nullptr; 7988 } 7989 7990 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7991 IsVirtualOkay = true; 7992 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7993 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 7994 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 7995 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 7996 7997 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDeductionGuideName) { 7998 SemaRef.CheckDeductionGuideDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7999 8000 return CXXDeductionGuideDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 8001 isExplicit, NameInfo, R, TInfo, 8002 D.getLocEnd()); 8003 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 8004 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 8005 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 8006 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 8007 // constructor if it has no return type). 8008 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 8009 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 8010 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 8011 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 8012 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8013 return nullptr; 8014 } 8015 8016 // This is a C++ method declaration. 8017 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, 8018 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 8019 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 8020 TInfo, SC, isInline, 8021 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 8022 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 8023 return Ret; 8024 } else { 8025 bool isFriend = 8026 SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 8027 if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord()) 8028 return nullptr; 8029 8030 // Determine whether the function was written with a 8031 // prototype. This true when: 8032 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 8033 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 8034 D.getLocStart(), 8035 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 8036 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 8037 } 8038 } 8039 8040 enum OpenCLParamType { 8041 ValidKernelParam, 8042 PtrPtrKernelParam, 8043 PtrKernelParam, 8044 InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam, 8045 InvalidKernelParam, 8046 RecordKernelParam 8047 }; 8048 8049 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(Sema &S, QualType PT) { 8050 if (PT->isPointerType()) { 8051 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); 8052 if (PointeeType->isPointerType()) 8053 return PtrPtrKernelParam; 8054 if (PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_generic || 8055 PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_private || 8056 PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::Default) 8057 return InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam; 8058 return PtrKernelParam; 8059 } 8060 8061 // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can 8062 // be used as builtin types. 8063 8064 if (PT->isImageType()) 8065 return PtrKernelParam; 8066 8067 if (PT->isBooleanType() || PT->isEventT() || PT->isReserveIDT()) 8068 return InvalidKernelParam; 8069 8070 // OpenCL extension spec v1.2 s9.5: 8071 // This extension adds support for half scalar and vector types as built-in 8072 // types that can be used for arithmetic operations, conversions etc. 8073 if (!S.getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp16") && PT->isHalfType()) 8074 return InvalidKernelParam; 8075 8076 if (PT->isRecordType()) 8077 return RecordKernelParam; 8078 8079 return ValidKernelParam; 8080 } 8081 8082 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( 8083 Sema &S, 8084 Declarator &D, 8085 ParmVarDecl *Param, 8086 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) { 8087 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 8088 8089 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are 8090 // used again 8091 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) 8092 return; 8093 8094 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, PT)) { 8095 case PtrPtrKernelParam: 8096 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 8097 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 8098 // pointer to a pointer type. 8099 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); 8100 D.setInvalidType(); 8101 return; 8102 8103 case InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam: 8104 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.5: 8105 // __kernel function arguments declared to be a pointer of a type can point 8106 // to one of the following address spaces only : __global, __local or 8107 // __constant. 8108 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_kernel_arg_address_space); 8109 D.setInvalidType(); 8110 return; 8111 8112 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 8113 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 8114 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 8115 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be 8116 // one of these built-in scalar types. 8117 8118 case InvalidKernelParam: 8119 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 8120 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 8121 // of event_t type. 8122 // Do not diagnose half type since it is diagnosed as invalid argument 8123 // type for any function elsewhere. 8124 if (!PT->isHalfType()) 8125 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 8126 D.setInvalidType(); 8127 return; 8128 8129 case PtrKernelParam: 8130 case ValidKernelParam: 8131 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 8132 return; 8133 8134 case RecordKernelParam: 8135 break; 8136 } 8137 8138 // Track nested structs we will inspect 8139 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; 8140 8141 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from 8142 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. 8143 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; 8144 HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr); 8145 8146 const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 8147 VisitStack.push_back(PD); 8148 8149 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?"); 8150 8151 do { 8152 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); 8153 if (!Next) { 8154 assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); 8155 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level 8156 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) 8157 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); 8158 8159 continue; 8160 } 8161 8162 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a 8163 // field itself) to the history stack. 8164 const RecordDecl *RD; 8165 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { 8166 HistoryStack.push_back(Field); 8167 RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 8168 } else { 8169 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); 8170 } 8171 8172 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level 8173 VisitStack.push_back(nullptr); 8174 8175 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 8176 QualType QT = FD->getType(); 8177 8178 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) 8179 continue; 8180 8181 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, QT); 8182 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) 8183 continue; 8184 8185 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { 8186 VisitStack.push_back(FD); 8187 continue; 8188 } 8189 8190 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: 8191 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union 8192 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or 8193 // union. 8194 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam || 8195 ParamType == InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam) { 8196 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), 8197 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) 8198 << PT->isUnionType() 8199 << PT; 8200 } else { 8201 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 8202 } 8203 8204 S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 8205 << PD->getDeclName(); 8206 8207 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where 8208 // the offending field came from 8209 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator 8210 I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, 8211 E = HistoryStack.end(); 8212 I != E; ++I) { 8213 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; 8214 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 8215 << OuterField->getType(); 8216 } 8217 8218 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) 8219 << QT->isPointerType() 8220 << QT; 8221 D.setInvalidType(); 8222 return; 8223 } 8224 } while (!VisitStack.empty()); 8225 } 8226 8227 /// Find the DeclContext in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an 8228 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds 8229 /// nothing. 8230 static DeclContext *getTagInjectionContext(DeclContext *DC) { 8231 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 8232 DC = DC->getParent(); 8233 return DC; 8234 } 8235 8236 /// Find the Scope in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an 8237 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds 8238 /// nothing. 8239 static Scope *getTagInjectionScope(Scope *S, const LangOptions &LangOpts) { 8240 while (S->isClassScope() || 8241 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 8242 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 8243 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 8244 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())) 8245 S = S->getParent(); 8246 return S; 8247 } 8248 8249 NamedDecl* 8250 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 8251 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 8252 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 8253 bool &AddToScope) { 8254 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 8255 8256 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 8257 8258 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 8259 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 8260 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 8261 StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 8262 8263 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 8264 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 8265 diag::err_invalid_thread) 8266 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 8267 8268 if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember()) 8269 adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember(), D.isCtorOrDtor(), 8270 D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8271 8272 bool isFriend = false; 8273 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr; 8274 bool isMemberSpecialization = false; 8275 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 8276 8277 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 8278 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 8279 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 8280 8281 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 8282 8283 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 8284 bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 8285 8286 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 8287 isVirtualOkay); 8288 if (!NewFD) return nullptr; 8289 8290 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 8291 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 8292 8293 // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a 8294 // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical 8295 // context will be different from the semantic context. 8296 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 8297 8298 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 8299 NewFD->setLocalExternDecl(); 8300 8301 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8302 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 8303 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 8304 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 8305 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 8306 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 8307 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8308 // C++ [class.friend]p5 8309 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 8310 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 8311 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8312 } 8313 8314 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 8315 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 8316 // return true). 8317 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 8318 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 8319 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 8320 NewFD->setPure(true); 8321 8322 // C++ [class.union]p2 8323 // A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions. 8324 if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion()) 8325 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union); 8326 } 8327 8328 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 8329 isMemberSpecialization = false; 8330 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 8331 if (D.isInvalidType()) 8332 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8333 8334 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 8335 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 8336 bool Invalid = false; 8337 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 8338 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 8339 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 8340 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 8341 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId 8342 ? D.getName().TemplateId 8343 : nullptr, 8344 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isMemberSpecialization, 8345 Invalid)) { 8346 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 8347 // This is a function template 8348 8349 // Check that we can declare a template here. 8350 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 8351 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8352 8353 // A destructor cannot be a template. 8354 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 8355 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 8356 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8357 } 8358 8359 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 8360 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 8361 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 8362 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 8363 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 8364 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 8365 Invalid = true; 8366 } 8367 8368 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 8369 NewFD->getLocation(), 8370 Name, TemplateParams, 8371 NewFD); 8372 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 8373 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 8374 8375 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 8376 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 8377 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 8378 TemplateParamLists.drop_back(1)); 8379 } 8380 } else { 8381 // This is a function template specialization. 8382 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 8383 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 8384 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 8385 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 8386 8387 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 8388 if (isFriend) { 8389 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 8390 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 8391 8392 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 8393 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 8394 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 8395 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 8396 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 8397 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 8398 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) { 8399 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 8400 InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 8401 } 8402 8403 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 8404 << Name << RemoveRange 8405 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 8406 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 8407 } 8408 } 8409 } 8410 else { 8411 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 8412 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 8413 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 8414 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 8415 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 8416 } 8417 8418 if (Invalid) { 8419 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8420 if (FunctionTemplate) 8421 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 8422 } 8423 8424 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 8425 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 8426 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 8427 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 8428 // 8429 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8430 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 8431 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 8432 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 8433 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 8434 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 8435 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 8436 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 8437 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 8438 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8439 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 8440 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 8441 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 8442 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 8443 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 8444 } else { 8445 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 8446 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 8447 } 8448 8449 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 8450 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 8451 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 8452 } 8453 8454 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 8455 (NewFD->isDependentContext() || 8456 (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) && 8457 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 8458 // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a 8459 // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type. 8460 // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane 8461 // thing to do. 8462 // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being 8463 // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work. 8464 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 8465 NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8466 QualType Result = 8467 SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy); 8468 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(), 8469 FPT->getExtProtoInfo())); 8470 } 8471 8472 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 8473 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 8474 // declaration. 8475 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8476 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 8477 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 8478 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 8479 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 8480 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 8481 } 8482 } 8483 8484 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 8485 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 8486 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 8487 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 8488 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8489 !isa<CXXDeductionGuideDecl>(NewFD)) { 8490 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 8491 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 8492 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 8493 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 8494 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 8495 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 8496 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 8497 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 8498 // or conversion function. 8499 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 8500 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 8501 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 8502 } 8503 } 8504 8505 if (isConstexpr) { 8506 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 8507 // are implicitly inline. 8508 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8509 8510 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 8511 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 8512 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 8513 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 8514 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 8515 } 8516 8517 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 8518 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 8519 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8520 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 8521 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 8522 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 8523 << 0 8524 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 8525 } else { 8526 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 8527 if (FunctionTemplate) 8528 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 8529 } 8530 } 8531 8532 if (isFriend) { 8533 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8534 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 8535 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 8536 } 8537 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 8538 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 8539 } 8540 8541 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 8542 // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function 8543 // definition kind to FDK_Definition. 8544 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 8545 case FDK_Declaration: 8546 case FDK_Definition: 8547 break; 8548 8549 case FDK_Defaulted: 8550 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 8551 break; 8552 8553 case FDK_Deleted: 8554 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 8555 break; 8556 } 8557 8558 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 8559 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8560 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 8561 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 8562 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 8563 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8564 } 8565 8566 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 8567 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 8568 // C++ [class.static]p1: 8569 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 8570 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 8571 // the class. 8572 8573 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 8574 // member function definition. 8575 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 8576 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 8577 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8578 } 8579 8580 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 8581 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 8582 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 8583 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8584 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 8585 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 8586 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) 8587 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType( 8588 FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(), 8589 FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept))); 8590 } 8591 8592 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 8593 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 8594 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 8595 isMemberSpecialization || 8596 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 8597 8598 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 8599 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 8600 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 8601 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 8602 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 8603 SE->getString(), 0)); 8604 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 8605 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 8606 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 8607 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 8608 if (isDeclExternC(NewFD)) { 8609 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 8610 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 8611 } else 8612 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 8613 << /*Variable*/0 << NewFD; 8614 } 8615 } 8616 8617 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 8618 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 8619 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 8620 unsigned FTIIdx; 8621 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator(FTIIdx)) { 8622 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(FTIIdx).Fun; 8623 8624 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 8625 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 8626 // single void argument. 8627 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 8628 // already checks for that case. 8629 if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) { 8630 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) { 8631 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param); 8632 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 8633 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 8634 Params.push_back(Param); 8635 8636 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 8637 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8638 } 8639 } 8640 8641 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8642 // In C, find all the tag declarations from the prototype and move them 8643 // into the function DeclContext. Remove them from the surrounding tag 8644 // injection context of the function, which is typically but not always 8645 // the TU. 8646 DeclContext *PrototypeTagContext = 8647 getTagInjectionContext(NewFD->getLexicalDeclContext()); 8648 for (NamedDecl *NonParmDecl : FTI.getDeclsInPrototype()) { 8649 auto *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(NonParmDecl); 8650 8651 // We don't want to reparent enumerators. Look at their parent enum 8652 // instead. 8653 if (!TD) { 8654 if (auto *ECD = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(NonParmDecl)) 8655 TD = cast<EnumDecl>(ECD->getDeclContext()); 8656 } 8657 if (!TD) 8658 continue; 8659 DeclContext *TagDC = TD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 8660 if (!TagDC->containsDecl(TD)) 8661 continue; 8662 TagDC->removeDecl(TD); 8663 TD->setDeclContext(NewFD); 8664 NewFD->addDecl(TD); 8665 8666 // Preserve the lexical DeclContext if it is not the surrounding tag 8667 // injection context of the FD. In this example, the semantic context of 8668 // E will be f and the lexical context will be S, while both the 8669 // semantic and lexical contexts of S will be f: 8670 // void f(struct S { enum E { a } f; } s); 8671 if (TagDC != PrototypeTagContext) 8672 TD->setLexicalDeclContext(TagDC); 8673 } 8674 } 8675 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 8676 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 8677 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 8678 // parameters for use in the declaration. 8679 // 8680 // @code 8681 // typedef void fn(int); 8682 // fn f; 8683 // @endcode 8684 8685 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 8686 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { 8687 ParmVarDecl *Param = 8688 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI); 8689 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 8690 Params.push_back(Param); 8691 } 8692 } else { 8693 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 8694 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 8695 } 8696 8697 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 8698 NewFD->setParams(Params); 8699 8700 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 8701 NewFD->addAttr( 8702 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 8703 Context, 0)); 8704 8705 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 8706 // because all functions have linkage. 8707 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8708 NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 8709 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 8710 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8711 } 8712 8713 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if '#pragma clang section text' is active 8714 if (PragmaClangTextSection.Valid && D.isFunctionDefinition() && 8715 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 8716 NewFD->addAttr(PragmaClangTextSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 8717 PragmaClangTextSection.SectionName, 8718 PragmaClangTextSection.PragmaLocation)); 8719 } 8720 8721 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active. 8722 if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() && 8723 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 8724 NewFD->addAttr( 8725 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 8726 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 8727 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation)); 8728 if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 8729 ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute | 8730 ASTContext::PSF_Read, 8731 NewFD)) 8732 NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 8733 } 8734 8735 // Handle attributes. 8736 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 8737 8738 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 8739 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return 8740 // type declaration will generate a compilation error. 8741 LangAS AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace(); 8742 if (AddressSpace != LangAS::Default) { 8743 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8744 diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space); 8745 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8746 } 8747 } 8748 8749 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8750 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 8751 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 8752 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 8753 8754 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 8755 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 8756 8757 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8758 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 8759 isMemberSpecialization)); 8760 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8761 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 8762 D.setRedeclaration(true); 8763 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 8764 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 8765 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 8766 8767 // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that 8768 // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging 8769 // possibly prototyped redeclarations. 8770 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8771 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8772 CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC(); 8773 if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) { 8774 // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without 8775 // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning. 8776 int DiagID = 8777 CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr; 8778 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID) 8779 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC); 8780 } 8781 } 8782 } else { 8783 // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3: 8784 // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline. 8785 // 8786 // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340. 8787 // 8788 // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since 8789 // that forces an external definition to be emitted. 8790 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() && 8791 NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() && 8792 !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 8793 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 8794 diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline) 8795 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 8796 8797 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 8798 // argument list into our AST format. 8799 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) { 8800 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 8801 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 8802 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 8803 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 8804 TemplateId->NumArgs); 8805 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 8806 TemplateArgs); 8807 8808 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 8809 8810 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8811 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 8812 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 8813 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 8814 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 8815 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 8816 8817 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 8818 } else { 8819 assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization || 8820 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) && 8821 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 8822 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 8823 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 8824 } 8825 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8826 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 8827 // wrote something like: 8828 // template <> friend void foo(int); 8829 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 8830 // friend void foo<>(int); 8831 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 8832 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 8833 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8834 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8835 } 8836 8837 // We do not add HD attributes to specializations here because 8838 // they may have different constexpr-ness compared to their 8839 // templates and, after maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs() is applied, 8840 // may end up with different effective targets. Instead, a 8841 // specialization inherits its target attributes from its template 8842 // in the CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization() call below. 8843 if (getLangOpts().CUDA & !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) 8844 maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs(NewFD, Previous); 8845 8846 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 8847 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 8848 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 8849 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 8850 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 8851 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 8852 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 8853 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 8854 TemplateArgs, 8855 InstantiationDependent))) { 8856 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 8857 "friend function specialization without template args"); 8858 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 8859 Previous)) 8860 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8861 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8862 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 8863 && !isFriend) { 8864 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 8865 } else if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8866 CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization( 8867 NewFD, (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : nullptr), 8868 Previous)) 8869 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8870 8871 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 8872 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 8873 // specialization (14.7.3) 8874 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 8875 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 8876 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 8877 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 8878 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8879 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 8880 << SC 8881 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 8882 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8883 8884 else 8885 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8886 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 8887 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 8888 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8889 } 8890 } else if (isMemberSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 8891 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 8892 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8893 } 8894 8895 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 8896 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 8897 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 8898 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 8899 8900 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 8901 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 8902 8903 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8904 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 8905 isMemberSpecialization)); 8906 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8907 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 8908 D.setRedeclaration(true); 8909 } 8910 8911 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 8912 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 8913 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 8914 8915 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 8916 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 8917 : NewFD); 8918 8919 if (isFriend && NewFD->getPreviousDecl()) { 8920 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 8921 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8922 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 8923 8924 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 8925 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 8926 } 8927 8928 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 8929 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 8930 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 8931 8932 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 8933 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 8934 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8935 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 8936 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 8937 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 8938 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 8939 : nullptr, 8940 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 8941 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 8942 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 8943 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 8944 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 8945 DC && DC->isRecord() && 8946 DC->isDependentContext()) 8947 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 8948 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 8949 } 8950 8951 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8952 // Ignore all the rest of this. 8953 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 8954 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 8955 AddToScope }; 8956 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 8957 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 8958 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 8959 8960 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 8961 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 8962 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 8963 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 8964 8965 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 8966 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 8967 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 8968 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 8969 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 8970 // can actually do this check immediately. 8971 if (isFriend && 8972 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 8973 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 8974 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 8975 // ignore these 8976 } else { 8977 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 8978 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 8979 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 8980 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 8981 // 8982 // class X { 8983 // void f() const; 8984 // }; 8985 // 8986 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 8987 // 8988 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 8989 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 8990 // whether the parameter types are references). 8991 8992 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 8993 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) { 8994 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 8995 return Result; 8996 } 8997 } 8998 8999 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 9000 // to something. 9001 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 9002 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 9003 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) { 9004 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 9005 return Result; 9006 } 9007 } 9008 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && 9009 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() && 9010 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 9011 !isMemberSpecialization) { 9012 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 9013 // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2). 9014 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 9015 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 9016 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 9017 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 9018 // generate them. 9019 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 9020 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 9021 } 9022 } 9023 9024 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 9025 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 9026 9027 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 9028 9029 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 9030 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 9031 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 9032 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 9033 << NewFD; 9034 9035 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 9036 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 9037 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI( 9038 Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false)); 9039 EPI.Variadic = true; 9040 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 9041 9042 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI); 9043 NewFD->setType(R); 9044 } 9045 9046 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 9047 // member, set the visibility of this function. 9048 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 9049 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 9050 9051 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 9052 // marking the function. 9053 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 9054 9055 // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to 9056 // a pragma. 9057 if(D.isFunctionDefinition()) 9058 AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD); 9059 9060 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 9061 // the map of such variables. 9062 if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 9063 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 9064 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 9065 9066 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 9067 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 9068 9069 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 9070 NamedDecl *Prev = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 9071 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(*this, Prev, NewFD, 9072 isMemberSpecialization || 9073 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization, 9074 D.isFunctionDefinition()); 9075 } 9076 9077 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 9078 IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier(); 9079 if (II && 9080 II->isStr(getLangOpts().HIP ? "hipConfigureCall" 9081 : "cudaConfigureCall") && 9082 !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 9083 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 9084 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType()) 9085 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 9086 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 9087 } 9088 9089 // Variadic functions, other than a *declaration* of printf, are not allowed 9090 // in device-side CUDA code, unless someone passed 9091 // -fcuda-allow-variadic-functions. 9092 if (!getLangOpts().CUDAAllowVariadicFunctions && NewFD->isVariadic() && 9093 (NewFD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 9094 NewFD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) && 9095 !(II && II->isStr("printf") && NewFD->isExternC() && 9096 !D.isFunctionDefinition())) { 9097 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_variadic_device_fn); 9098 } 9099 } 9100 9101 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 9102 9103 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9104 if (FunctionTemplate) { 9105 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 9106 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 9107 return FunctionTemplate; 9108 } 9109 9110 if (isMemberSpecialization && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 9111 CompleteMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous); 9112 } 9113 9114 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 9115 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 9116 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 9117 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 9118 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 9119 D.setInvalidType(); 9120 } 9121 9122 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 9123 if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { 9124 SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 9125 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type) 9126 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void") 9127 : FixItHint()); 9128 D.setInvalidType(); 9129 } 9130 9131 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; 9132 for (auto Param : NewFD->parameters()) 9133 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); 9134 } 9135 for (const ParmVarDecl *Param : NewFD->parameters()) { 9136 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 9137 9138 // OpenCL 2.0 pipe restrictions forbids pipe packet types to be non-value 9139 // types. 9140 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 200) { 9141 if(const PipeType *PipeTy = PT->getAs<PipeType>()) { 9142 QualType ElemTy = PipeTy->getElementType(); 9143 if (ElemTy->isReferenceType() || ElemTy->isPointerType()) { 9144 Diag(Param->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_reference_pipe_type ); 9145 D.setInvalidType(); 9146 } 9147 } 9148 } 9149 } 9150 9151 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 9152 // The actual specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 9153 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 9154 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 9155 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 9156 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 9157 Context, CurContext, NewFD->getLocation(), 9158 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 9159 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 9160 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 9161 AddToScope = false; 9162 } 9163 9164 // Diagnose availability attributes. Availability cannot be used on functions 9165 // that are run during load/unload. 9166 if (const auto *attr = NewFD->getAttr<AvailabilityAttr>()) { 9167 if (NewFD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>()) { 9168 Diag(attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_availability_on_static_initializer) 9169 << 1; 9170 NewFD->dropAttr<AvailabilityAttr>(); 9171 } 9172 if (NewFD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>()) { 9173 Diag(attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_availability_on_static_initializer) 9174 << 2; 9175 NewFD->dropAttr<AvailabilityAttr>(); 9176 } 9177 } 9178 9179 return NewFD; 9180 } 9181 9182 /// Checks if the new declaration declared in dependent context must be 9183 /// put in the same redeclaration chain as the specified declaration. 9184 /// 9185 /// \param D Declaration that is checked. 9186 /// \param PrevDecl Previous declaration found with proper lookup method for the 9187 /// same declaration name. 9188 /// \returns True if D must be added to the redeclaration chain which PrevDecl 9189 /// belongs to. 9190 /// 9191 bool Sema::shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(Decl *D, Decl *PrevDecl) { 9192 // Any declarations should be put into redeclaration chains except for 9193 // friend declaration in a dependent context that names a function in 9194 // namespace scope. 9195 // 9196 // This allows to compile code like: 9197 // 9198 // void func(); 9199 // template<typename T> class C1 { friend void func() { } }; 9200 // template<typename T> class C2 { friend void func() { } }; 9201 // 9202 // This code snippet is a valid code unless both templates are instantiated. 9203 return !(D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 9204 D->getDeclContext()->isFileContext() && 9205 D->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None); 9206 } 9207 9208 /// Check the target attribute of the function for MultiVersion 9209 /// validity. 9210 /// 9211 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 9212 static bool CheckMultiVersionValue(Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *FD) { 9213 const auto *TA = FD->getAttr<TargetAttr>(); 9214 assert(TA && "MultiVersion Candidate requires a target attribute"); 9215 TargetAttr::ParsedTargetAttr ParseInfo = TA->parse(); 9216 const TargetInfo &TargetInfo = S.Context.getTargetInfo(); 9217 enum ErrType { Feature = 0, Architecture = 1 }; 9218 9219 if (!ParseInfo.Architecture.empty() && 9220 !TargetInfo.validateCpuIs(ParseInfo.Architecture)) { 9221 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_multiversion_option) 9222 << Architecture << ParseInfo.Architecture; 9223 return true; 9224 } 9225 9226 for (const auto &Feat : ParseInfo.Features) { 9227 auto BareFeat = StringRef{Feat}.substr(1); 9228 if (Feat[0] == '-') { 9229 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_multiversion_option) 9230 << Feature << ("no-" + BareFeat).str(); 9231 return true; 9232 } 9233 9234 if (!TargetInfo.validateCpuSupports(BareFeat) || 9235 !TargetInfo.isValidFeatureName(BareFeat)) { 9236 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_multiversion_option) 9237 << Feature << BareFeat; 9238 return true; 9239 } 9240 } 9241 return false; 9242 } 9243 9244 static bool CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *OldFD, 9245 const FunctionDecl *NewFD, 9246 bool CausesMV) { 9247 enum DoesntSupport { 9248 FuncTemplates = 0, 9249 VirtFuncs = 1, 9250 DeducedReturn = 2, 9251 Constructors = 3, 9252 Destructors = 4, 9253 DeletedFuncs = 5, 9254 DefaultedFuncs = 6 9255 }; 9256 enum Different { 9257 CallingConv = 0, 9258 ReturnType = 1, 9259 ConstexprSpec = 2, 9260 InlineSpec = 3, 9261 StorageClass = 4, 9262 Linkage = 5 9263 }; 9264 9265 // For now, disallow all other attributes. These should be opt-in, but 9266 // an analysis of all of them is a future FIXME. 9267 if (CausesMV && OldFD && 9268 std::distance(OldFD->attr_begin(), OldFD->attr_end()) != 1) { 9269 S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_no_other_attrs); 9270 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here); 9271 return true; 9272 } 9273 9274 if (std::distance(NewFD->attr_begin(), NewFD->attr_end()) != 1) 9275 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_no_other_attrs); 9276 9277 if (NewFD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_FunctionTemplate) 9278 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_doesnt_support) 9279 << FuncTemplates; 9280 9281 if (const auto *NewCXXFD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 9282 if (NewCXXFD->isVirtual()) 9283 return S.Diag(NewCXXFD->getLocation(), 9284 diag::err_multiversion_doesnt_support) 9285 << VirtFuncs; 9286 9287 if (const auto *NewCXXCtor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) 9288 return S.Diag(NewCXXCtor->getLocation(), 9289 diag::err_multiversion_doesnt_support) 9290 << Constructors; 9291 9292 if (const auto *NewCXXDtor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 9293 return S.Diag(NewCXXDtor->getLocation(), 9294 diag::err_multiversion_doesnt_support) 9295 << Destructors; 9296 } 9297 9298 if (NewFD->isDeleted()) 9299 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_doesnt_support) 9300 << DeletedFuncs; 9301 9302 if (NewFD->isDefaulted()) 9303 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_doesnt_support) 9304 << DefaultedFuncs; 9305 9306 QualType NewQType = S.getASTContext().getCanonicalType(NewFD->getType()); 9307 const auto *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 9308 QualType NewReturnType = NewType->getReturnType(); 9309 9310 if (NewReturnType->isUndeducedType()) 9311 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_doesnt_support) 9312 << DeducedReturn; 9313 9314 // Only allow transition to MultiVersion if it hasn't been used. 9315 if (OldFD && CausesMV && OldFD->isUsed(false)) 9316 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_after_used); 9317 9318 // Ensure the return type is identical. 9319 if (OldFD) { 9320 QualType OldQType = S.getASTContext().getCanonicalType(OldFD->getType()); 9321 const auto *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 9322 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 9323 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 9324 9325 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 9326 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_diff) 9327 << CallingConv; 9328 9329 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 9330 9331 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) 9332 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_diff) 9333 << ReturnType; 9334 9335 if (OldFD->isConstexpr() != NewFD->isConstexpr()) 9336 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_diff) 9337 << ConstexprSpec; 9338 9339 if (OldFD->isInlineSpecified() != NewFD->isInlineSpecified()) 9340 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_diff) 9341 << InlineSpec; 9342 9343 if (OldFD->getStorageClass() != NewFD->getStorageClass()) 9344 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_diff) 9345 << StorageClass; 9346 9347 if (OldFD->isExternC() != NewFD->isExternC()) 9348 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_diff) 9349 << Linkage; 9350 9351 if (S.CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 9352 OldFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(), OldFD->getLocation(), 9353 NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(), NewFD->getLocation())) 9354 return true; 9355 } 9356 return false; 9357 } 9358 9359 /// Check the validity of a mulitversion function declaration. 9360 /// Also sets the multiversion'ness' of the function itself. 9361 /// 9362 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 9363 /// 9364 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 9365 static bool CheckMultiVersionFunction(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 9366 bool &Redeclaration, NamedDecl *&OldDecl, 9367 bool &MergeTypeWithPrevious, 9368 LookupResult &Previous) { 9369 const auto *NewTA = NewFD->getAttr<TargetAttr>(); 9370 if (NewFD->isMain()) { 9371 if (NewTA && NewTA->isDefaultVersion()) { 9372 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_not_allowed_on_main); 9373 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9374 return true; 9375 } 9376 return false; 9377 } 9378 9379 // If there is no matching previous decl, only 'default' can 9380 // cause MultiVersioning. 9381 if (!OldDecl) { 9382 if (NewTA && NewTA->isDefaultVersion()) { 9383 if (!NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 9384 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_noproto); 9385 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9386 return true; 9387 } 9388 if (CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(S, nullptr, NewFD, true)) { 9389 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9390 return true; 9391 } 9392 if (!S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().supportsMultiVersioning()) { 9393 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_not_supported); 9394 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9395 return true; 9396 } 9397 9398 NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 9399 } 9400 return false; 9401 } 9402 9403 if (OldDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != 9404 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) 9405 return false; 9406 9407 FunctionDecl *OldFD = OldDecl->getAsFunction(); 9408 // Unresolved 'using' statements (the other way OldDecl can be not a function) 9409 // likely cannot cause a problem here. 9410 if (!OldFD) 9411 return false; 9412 9413 if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion() && !NewTA) 9414 return false; 9415 9416 if (OldFD->isMultiVersion() && !NewTA) { 9417 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_target_required_in_redecl); 9418 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9419 return true; 9420 } 9421 9422 TargetAttr::ParsedTargetAttr NewParsed = NewTA->parse(); 9423 // Sort order doesn't matter, it just needs to be consistent. 9424 llvm::sort(NewParsed.Features.begin(), NewParsed.Features.end()); 9425 9426 const auto *OldTA = OldFD->getAttr<TargetAttr>(); 9427 if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion()) { 9428 // If the old decl is NOT MultiVersioned yet, and we don't cause that 9429 // to change, this is a simple redeclaration. 9430 if (!OldTA || OldTA->getFeaturesStr() == NewTA->getFeaturesStr()) 9431 return false; 9432 9433 // Otherwise, this decl causes MultiVersioning. 9434 if (!S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().supportsMultiVersioning()) { 9435 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_not_supported); 9436 S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9437 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9438 return true; 9439 } 9440 9441 if (!OldFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 9442 S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_noproto); 9443 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here); 9444 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9445 return true; 9446 } 9447 9448 if (CheckMultiVersionValue(S, NewFD)) { 9449 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9450 return true; 9451 } 9452 9453 if (CheckMultiVersionValue(S, OldFD)) { 9454 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here); 9455 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9456 return true; 9457 } 9458 9459 TargetAttr::ParsedTargetAttr OldParsed = 9460 OldTA->parse(std::less<std::string>()); 9461 9462 if (OldParsed == NewParsed) { 9463 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_duplicate); 9464 S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9465 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9466 return true; 9467 } 9468 9469 for (const auto *FD : OldFD->redecls()) { 9470 const auto *CurTA = FD->getAttr<TargetAttr>(); 9471 if (!CurTA || CurTA->isInherited()) { 9472 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_target_required_in_redecl); 9473 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here); 9474 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9475 return true; 9476 } 9477 } 9478 9479 if (CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(S, OldFD, NewFD, true)) { 9480 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9481 return true; 9482 } 9483 9484 OldFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 9485 NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 9486 Redeclaration = false; 9487 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 9488 OldDecl = nullptr; 9489 Previous.clear(); 9490 return false; 9491 } 9492 9493 bool UseMemberUsingDeclRules = 9494 S.CurContext->isRecord() && !NewFD->getFriendObjectKind(); 9495 9496 // Next, check ALL non-overloads to see if this is a redeclaration of a 9497 // previous member of the MultiVersion set. 9498 for (NamedDecl *ND : Previous) { 9499 FunctionDecl *CurFD = ND->getAsFunction(); 9500 if (!CurFD) 9501 continue; 9502 if (S.IsOverload(NewFD, CurFD, UseMemberUsingDeclRules)) 9503 continue; 9504 9505 const auto *CurTA = CurFD->getAttr<TargetAttr>(); 9506 if (CurTA->getFeaturesStr() == NewTA->getFeaturesStr()) { 9507 NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 9508 Redeclaration = true; 9509 OldDecl = ND; 9510 return false; 9511 } 9512 9513 TargetAttr::ParsedTargetAttr CurParsed = 9514 CurTA->parse(std::less<std::string>()); 9515 9516 if (CurParsed == NewParsed) { 9517 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_duplicate); 9518 S.Diag(CurFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9519 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9520 return true; 9521 } 9522 } 9523 9524 // Else, this is simply a non-redecl case. 9525 if (CheckMultiVersionValue(S, NewFD)) { 9526 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9527 return true; 9528 } 9529 9530 if (CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(S, OldFD, NewFD, false)) { 9531 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9532 return true; 9533 } 9534 9535 NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 9536 Redeclaration = false; 9537 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 9538 OldDecl = nullptr; 9539 Previous.clear(); 9540 return false; 9541 } 9542 9543 /// Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 9544 /// 9545 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 9546 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 9547 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 9548 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 9549 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 9550 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 9551 /// via InstantiateDecl). 9552 /// 9553 /// \param IsMemberSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 9554 /// a member specialization (that replaces any definition provided by the 9555 /// previous declaration). 9556 /// 9557 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 9558 /// 9559 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 9560 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 9561 LookupResult &Previous, 9562 bool IsMemberSpecialization) { 9563 assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && 9564 "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 9565 9566 // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with 9567 // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++, 9568 // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible. 9569 bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 9570 !Previous.isShadowed(); 9571 9572 bool Redeclaration = false; 9573 NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr; 9574 bool MayNeedOverloadableChecks = false; 9575 9576 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 9577 // the same name, if appropriate. 9578 if (!Previous.empty()) { 9579 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 9580 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 9581 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 9582 // function to the scope. 9583 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context, NewFD)) { 9584 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 9585 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 9586 Redeclaration = true; 9587 OldDecl = Candidate; 9588 } 9589 } else { 9590 MayNeedOverloadableChecks = true; 9591 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 9592 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 9593 case Ovl_Match: 9594 Redeclaration = true; 9595 break; 9596 9597 case Ovl_NonFunction: 9598 Redeclaration = true; 9599 break; 9600 9601 case Ovl_Overload: 9602 Redeclaration = false; 9603 break; 9604 } 9605 } 9606 } 9607 9608 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 9609 if (!Redeclaration && 9610 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 9611 if (!Previous.empty()) { 9612 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 9613 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 9614 Redeclaration = true; 9615 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 9616 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 9617 9618 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 9619 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() || 9620 NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 9621 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 9622 MayNeedOverloadableChecks = true; 9623 Redeclaration = false; 9624 OldDecl = nullptr; 9625 } 9626 } 9627 } 9628 } 9629 9630 if (CheckMultiVersionFunction(*this, NewFD, Redeclaration, OldDecl, 9631 MergeTypeWithPrevious, Previous)) 9632 return Redeclaration; 9633 9634 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 9635 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 9636 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 9637 // 9638 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 9639 // definition of a static member function. 9640 // 9641 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 9642 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 9643 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 9644 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 9645 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 9646 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 9647 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr; 9648 if (OldDecl) 9649 OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction()); 9650 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 9651 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 9652 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 9653 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 9654 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 9655 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), 9656 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); 9657 9658 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 9659 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 9660 if (!inTemplateInstantiation()) { 9661 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 9662 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 9663 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 9664 AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 9665 9666 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const) 9667 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 9668 } 9669 } 9670 } 9671 9672 if (Redeclaration) { 9673 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 9674 // merged. 9675 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) { 9676 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9677 return Redeclaration; 9678 } 9679 9680 Previous.clear(); 9681 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 9682 9683 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl = 9684 dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 9685 auto *OldFD = OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl(); 9686 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldFD); 9687 adjustDeclContextForDeclaratorDecl(NewFD, OldFD); 9688 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 9689 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 9690 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 9691 if (NewFD->isCXXClassMember()) { 9692 NewFD->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 9693 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 9694 } 9695 9696 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 9697 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 9698 if (IsMemberSpecialization && 9699 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 9700 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 9701 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 9702 // Explicit specializations of a member template do not inherit deleted 9703 // status from the parent member template that they are specializing. 9704 if (OldFD->isDeleted()) { 9705 // FIXME: This assert will not hold in the presence of modules. 9706 assert(OldFD->getCanonicalDecl() == OldFD); 9707 // FIXME: We need an update record for this AST mutation. 9708 OldFD->setDeletedAsWritten(false); 9709 } 9710 } 9711 9712 } else { 9713 if (shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(NewFD, OldDecl)) { 9714 auto *OldFD = cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); 9715 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 9716 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldFD); 9717 adjustDeclContextForDeclaratorDecl(NewFD, OldFD); 9718 if (NewFD->isCXXClassMember()) 9719 NewFD->setAccess(OldFD->getAccess()); 9720 } 9721 } 9722 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && MayNeedOverloadableChecks && 9723 !NewFD->getAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 9724 assert((Previous.empty() || 9725 llvm::any_of(Previous, 9726 [](const NamedDecl *ND) { 9727 return ND->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); 9728 })) && 9729 "Non-redecls shouldn't happen without overloadable present"); 9730 9731 auto OtherUnmarkedIter = llvm::find_if(Previous, [](const NamedDecl *ND) { 9732 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND); 9733 return FD && !FD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); 9734 }); 9735 9736 if (OtherUnmarkedIter != Previous.end()) { 9737 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 9738 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_multiple_unmarked_overloads); 9739 Diag((*OtherUnmarkedIter)->getLocation(), 9740 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload) 9741 << false; 9742 9743 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 9744 } 9745 } 9746 9747 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 9748 9749 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9750 // C++-specific checks. 9751 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 9752 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 9753 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 9754 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 9755 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 9756 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 9757 9758 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 9759 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 9760 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 9761 DeclarationName Name 9762 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 9763 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 9764 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 9765 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 9766 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9767 return Redeclaration; 9768 } 9769 } 9770 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 9771 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 9772 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 9773 } else if (auto *Guide = dyn_cast<CXXDeductionGuideDecl>(NewFD)) { 9774 if (auto *TD = Guide->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 9775 CheckDeductionGuideTemplate(TD); 9776 9777 // A deduction guide is not on the list of entities that can be 9778 // explicitly specialized. 9779 if (Guide->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization) 9780 Diag(Guide->getLocStart(), diag::err_deduction_guide_specialized) 9781 << /*explicit specialization*/ 1; 9782 } 9783 9784 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 9785 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 9786 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 9787 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 9788 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 9789 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 9790 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 9791 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 9792 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 9793 } 9794 } 9795 } 9796 9797 if (Method->isStatic()) 9798 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 9799 } 9800 9801 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 9802 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 9803 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 9804 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9805 return Redeclaration; 9806 } 9807 9808 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 9809 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 9810 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 9811 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9812 return Redeclaration; 9813 } 9814 9815 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 9816 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 9817 // during delayed parsing anyway. 9818 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 9819 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 9820 9821 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 9822 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 9823 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 9824 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 9825 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 9826 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 9827 // If the type of the builtin differs only in its exception 9828 // specification, that's OK. 9829 // FIXME: If the types do differ in this way, it would be better to 9830 // retain the 'noexcept' form of the type. 9831 if (!T.isNull() && 9832 !Context.hasSameFunctionTypeIgnoringExceptionSpec(T, 9833 NewFD->getType())) 9834 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 9835 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 9836 Context.BuiltinInfo.forgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 9837 } 9838 9839 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 9840 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 9841 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 9842 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 9843 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 9844 QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType(); 9845 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 9846 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 9847 << NewFD << R; 9848 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 9849 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 9850 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 9851 } 9852 9853 // C++1z [dcl.fct]p6: 9854 // [...] whether the function has a non-throwing exception-specification 9855 // [is] part of the function type 9856 // 9857 // This results in an ABI break between C++14 and C++17 for functions whose 9858 // declared type includes an exception-specification in a parameter or 9859 // return type. (Exception specifications on the function itself are OK in 9860 // most cases, and exception specifications are not permitted in most other 9861 // contexts where they could make it into a mangling.) 9862 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 && !NewFD->getPrimaryTemplate()) { 9863 auto HasNoexcept = [&](QualType T) -> bool { 9864 // Strip off declarator chunks that could be between us and a function 9865 // type. We don't need to look far, exception specifications are very 9866 // restricted prior to C++17. 9867 if (auto *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) 9868 T = RT->getPointeeType(); 9869 else if (T->isAnyPointerType()) 9870 T = T->getPointeeType(); 9871 else if (auto *MPT = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) 9872 T = MPT->getPointeeType(); 9873 if (auto *FPT = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 9874 if (FPT->isNothrow()) 9875 return true; 9876 return false; 9877 }; 9878 9879 auto *FPT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 9880 bool AnyNoexcept = HasNoexcept(FPT->getReturnType()); 9881 for (QualType T : FPT->param_types()) 9882 AnyNoexcept |= HasNoexcept(T); 9883 if (AnyNoexcept) 9884 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 9885 diag::warn_cxx17_compat_exception_spec_in_signature) 9886 << NewFD; 9887 } 9888 9889 if (!Redeclaration && LangOpts.CUDA) 9890 checkCUDATargetOverload(NewFD, Previous); 9891 } 9892 return Redeclaration; 9893 } 9894 9895 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 9896 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: 9897 // A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or 9898 // constexpr is ill-formed. 9899 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 9900 // appear in a declaration of main. 9901 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 9902 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 9903 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 9904 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 9905 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 9906 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 9907 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 9908 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 9909 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 9910 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 9911 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 9912 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 9913 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 9914 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 9915 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 9916 } 9917 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 9918 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 9919 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 9920 FD->setConstexpr(false); 9921 } 9922 9923 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 9924 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main) 9925 << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>(); 9926 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9927 return; 9928 } 9929 9930 QualType T = FD->getType(); 9931 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 9932 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 9933 9934 // Set default calling convention for main() 9935 if (FT->getCallConv() != CC_C) { 9936 FT = Context.adjustFunctionType(FT, FT->getExtInfo().withCallingConv(CC_C)); 9937 FD->setType(QualType(FT, 0)); 9938 T = Context.getCanonicalType(FD->getType()); 9939 } 9940 9941 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9942 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 9943 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 9944 // implicit-return-zero rule. 9945 9946 // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'. 9947 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 9948 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 9949 else { 9950 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 9951 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 9952 if (RTRange.isValid()) 9953 Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 9954 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int"); 9955 } 9956 } else { 9957 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 9958 // set the flag which tells us that. 9959 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 9960 9961 // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'. 9962 if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 9963 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 9964 else { 9965 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 9966 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 9967 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 9968 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int") 9969 : FixItHint()); 9970 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 9971 } 9972 } 9973 9974 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 9975 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 9976 9977 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 9978 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams(); 9979 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 9980 9981 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 9982 9983 if (FTP->isVariadic()) { 9984 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main); 9985 // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we 9986 // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter. 9987 } 9988 9989 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 9990 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 9991 // getting shifty. 9992 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 9993 HasExtraParameters = false; 9994 9995 if (HasExtraParameters) { 9996 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 9997 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 9998 nparams = 3; 9999 } 10000 10001 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 10002 // if we had some location information about types. 10003 10004 QualType CharPP = 10005 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 10006 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 10007 10008 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 10009 QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i); 10010 10011 bool mismatch = true; 10012 10013 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 10014 mismatch = false; 10015 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 10016 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 10017 // char const ** 10018 // char const * const * 10019 // char * const * 10020 10021 QualifierCollector qs; 10022 const PointerType* PT; 10023 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 10024 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 10025 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 10026 Context.CharTy)) { 10027 qs.removeConst(); 10028 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 10029 } 10030 } 10031 10032 if (mismatch) { 10033 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 10034 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 10035 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 10036 } 10037 } 10038 10039 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 10040 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 10041 } 10042 10043 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 10044 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 10045 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10046 } 10047 } 10048 10049 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) { 10050 QualType T = FD->getType(); 10051 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 10052 const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 10053 10054 // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral, 10055 // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type. 10056 if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || 10057 FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() || 10058 FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType()) 10059 // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed. 10060 if (FD->getName() != "DllMain") 10061 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 10062 10063 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 10064 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 10065 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10066 } 10067 } 10068 10069 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 10070 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 10071 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 10072 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 10073 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 10074 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 10075 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 10076 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 10077 // rules there don't matter.) 10078 const Expr *Culprit; 10079 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 10080 return false; 10081 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 10082 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 10083 return true; 10084 } 10085 10086 namespace { 10087 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 10088 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 10089 class SelfReferenceChecker 10090 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 10091 Sema &S; 10092 Decl *OrigDecl; 10093 bool isRecordType; 10094 bool isPODType; 10095 bool isReferenceType; 10096 10097 bool isInitList; 10098 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex; 10099 10100 public: 10101 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 10102 10103 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 10104 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 10105 isPODType = false; 10106 isRecordType = false; 10107 isReferenceType = false; 10108 isInitList = false; 10109 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 10110 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 10111 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 10112 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 10113 } 10114 } 10115 10116 // For most expressions, just call the visitor. For initializer lists, 10117 // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are 10118 // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields. 10119 void CheckExpr(Expr *E) { 10120 InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E); 10121 if (!InitList) { 10122 Visit(E); 10123 return; 10124 } 10125 10126 // Track and increment the index here. 10127 isInitList = true; 10128 InitFieldIndex.push_back(0); 10129 for (auto Child : InitList->children()) { 10130 CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child)); 10131 ++InitFieldIndex.back(); 10132 } 10133 InitFieldIndex.pop_back(); 10134 } 10135 10136 // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no further checking is needed. 10137 // Returns false if additional checking is required. 10138 bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) { 10139 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields; 10140 Expr *Base = E; 10141 bool ReferenceField = false; 10142 10143 // Get the field memebers used. 10144 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 10145 FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()); 10146 if (!FD) 10147 return false; 10148 Fields.push_back(FD); 10149 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) 10150 ReferenceField = true; 10151 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 10152 } 10153 10154 // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same. 10155 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base); 10156 if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl) 10157 return false; 10158 10159 // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field. 10160 if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField) 10161 return true; 10162 10163 // Convert FieldDecls to their index number. 10164 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex; 10165 for (const FieldDecl *I : llvm::reverse(Fields)) 10166 UsedFieldIndex.push_back(I->getFieldIndex()); 10167 10168 // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index 10169 // numbers. If field being used has index less than the field being 10170 // initialized, then the use is safe. 10171 for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(), 10172 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(), 10173 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(), 10174 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end(); 10175 UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) { 10176 if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter) 10177 return true; 10178 if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter) 10179 break; 10180 } 10181 10182 // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names. 10183 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 10184 return true; 10185 } 10186 10187 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 10188 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 10189 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 10190 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 10191 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 10192 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 10193 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 10194 return; 10195 } 10196 10197 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 10198 Visit(CO->getCond()); 10199 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 10200 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 10201 return; 10202 } 10203 10204 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 10205 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 10206 Visit(BCO->getCond()); 10207 HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 10208 return; 10209 } 10210 10211 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) { 10212 HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()); 10213 return; 10214 } 10215 10216 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 10217 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 10218 Visit(BO->getLHS()); 10219 HandleValue(BO->getRHS()); 10220 return; 10221 } 10222 } 10223 10224 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 10225 if (isInitList) { 10226 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E), 10227 false /*CheckReference*/)) 10228 return; 10229 } 10230 10231 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 10232 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 10233 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 10234 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 10235 return; 10236 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 10237 } 10238 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 10239 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 10240 return; 10241 } 10242 10243 Visit(E); 10244 } 10245 10246 // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all 10247 // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses. 10248 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 10249 if (isReferenceType) 10250 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 10251 } 10252 10253 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 10254 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) { 10255 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 10256 return; 10257 } 10258 10259 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 10260 } 10261 10262 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 10263 if (isInitList) { 10264 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/)) 10265 return; 10266 } 10267 10268 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 10269 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 10270 10271 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 10272 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 10273 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 10274 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 10275 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 10276 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 10277 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 10278 Warn = false; 10279 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 10280 } 10281 10282 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 10283 if (Warn) 10284 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 10285 return; 10286 } 10287 10288 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 10289 // Visit that expression. 10290 Visit(Base); 10291 } 10292 10293 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 10294 Expr *Callee = E->getCallee(); 10295 10296 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee)) 10297 return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 10298 10299 Visit(Callee); 10300 for (auto Arg: E->arguments()) 10301 HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 10302 } 10303 10304 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 10305 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 10306 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 10307 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 10308 if (!isPODType) 10309 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 10310 return; 10311 } 10312 10313 if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) { 10314 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 10315 return; 10316 } 10317 10318 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 10319 } 10320 10321 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) {} 10322 10323 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) { 10324 if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) { 10325 Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0); 10326 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr)) 10327 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 10328 ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0); 10329 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr)) 10330 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 10331 ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr(); 10332 HandleValue(ArgExpr); 10333 return; 10334 } 10335 Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E); 10336 } 10337 10338 void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) { 10339 // Treat std::move as a use. 10340 if (E->isCallToStdMove()) { 10341 HandleValue(E->getArg(0)); 10342 return; 10343 } 10344 10345 Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E); 10346 } 10347 10348 void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) { 10349 if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) { 10350 HandleValue(E->getLHS()); 10351 Visit(E->getRHS()); 10352 return; 10353 } 10354 10355 Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E); 10356 } 10357 10358 // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the 10359 // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately 10360 // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics. 10361 void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) { 10362 Visit(E->getCond()); 10363 Visit(E->getFalseExpr()); 10364 } 10365 10366 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 10367 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 10368 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 10369 unsigned diag; 10370 if (isReferenceType) { 10371 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 10372 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 10373 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 10374 } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 10375 isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 10376 DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) { 10377 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 10378 } else { 10379 // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis. 10380 return; 10381 } 10382 10383 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 10384 S.PDiag(diag) 10385 << DRE->getDecl() 10386 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 10387 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 10388 } 10389 }; 10390 10391 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 10392 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 10393 bool DirectInit) { 10394 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 10395 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 10396 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 10397 return; 10398 10399 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 10400 10401 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 10402 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 10403 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 10404 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 10405 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 10406 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 10407 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 10408 return; 10409 10410 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E); 10411 } 10412 } // end anonymous namespace 10413 10414 namespace { 10415 // Simple wrapper to add the name of a variable or (if no variable is 10416 // available) a DeclarationName into a diagnostic. 10417 struct VarDeclOrName { 10418 VarDecl *VDecl; 10419 DeclarationName Name; 10420 10421 friend const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder & 10422 operator<<(const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, VarDeclOrName VN) { 10423 return VN.VDecl ? Diag << VN.VDecl : Diag << VN.Name; 10424 } 10425 }; 10426 } // end anonymous namespace 10427 10428 QualType Sema::deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl, 10429 DeclarationName Name, QualType Type, 10430 TypeSourceInfo *TSI, 10431 SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit, 10432 Expr *Init) { 10433 bool IsInitCapture = !VDecl; 10434 assert((!VDecl || !VDecl->isInitCapture()) && 10435 "init captures are expected to be deduced prior to initialization"); 10436 10437 VarDeclOrName VN{VDecl, Name}; 10438 10439 DeducedType *Deduced = Type->getContainedDeducedType(); 10440 assert(Deduced && "deduceVarTypeFromInitializer for non-deduced type"); 10441 10442 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 10443 if (!Init) { 10444 assert(VDecl && "no init for init capture deduction?"); 10445 10446 // Except for class argument deduction, and then for an initializing 10447 // declaration only, i.e. no static at class scope or extern. 10448 if (!isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced) || 10449 VDecl->hasExternalStorage() || 10450 VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 10451 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 10452 << VDecl->getDeclName() << Type; 10453 return QualType(); 10454 } 10455 } 10456 10457 ArrayRef<Expr*> DeduceInits; 10458 if (Init) 10459 DeduceInits = Init; 10460 10461 if (DirectInit) { 10462 if (auto *PL = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Init)) 10463 DeduceInits = PL->exprs(); 10464 } 10465 10466 if (isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced)) { 10467 assert(VDecl && "non-auto type for init capture deduction?"); 10468 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 10469 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateForInit( 10470 VDecl->getLocation(), DirectInit, Init); 10471 // FIXME: Initialization should not be taking a mutable list of inits. 10472 SmallVector<Expr*, 8> InitsCopy(DeduceInits.begin(), DeduceInits.end()); 10473 return DeduceTemplateSpecializationFromInitializer(TSI, Entity, Kind, 10474 InitsCopy); 10475 } 10476 10477 if (DirectInit) { 10478 if (auto *IL = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) 10479 DeduceInits = IL->inits(); 10480 } 10481 10482 // Deduction only works if we have exactly one source expression. 10483 if (DeduceInits.empty()) { 10484 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 10485 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 10486 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture 10487 ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression 10488 : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 10489 << VN << Type << Range; 10490 return QualType(); 10491 } 10492 10493 if (DeduceInits.size() > 1) { 10494 Diag(DeduceInits[1]->getLocStart(), 10495 IsInitCapture ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions 10496 : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 10497 << VN << Type << Range; 10498 return QualType(); 10499 } 10500 10501 Expr *DeduceInit = DeduceInits[0]; 10502 if (DirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) { 10503 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture 10504 ? diag::err_init_capture_paren_braces 10505 : diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces) 10506 << isa<InitListExpr>(Init) << VN << Type << Range; 10507 return QualType(); 10508 } 10509 10510 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 10511 bool DefaultedAnyToId = false; 10512 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 10513 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && !IsInitCapture) { 10514 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 10515 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 10516 return QualType(); 10517 } 10518 Init = Result.get(); 10519 DefaultedAnyToId = true; 10520 } 10521 10522 // C++ [dcl.decomp]p1: 10523 // If the assignment-expression [...] has array type A and no ref-qualifier 10524 // is present, e has type cv A 10525 if (VDecl && isa<DecompositionDecl>(VDecl) && 10526 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Type, Context.getAutoDeductType()) && 10527 DeduceInit->getType()->isConstantArrayType()) 10528 return Context.getQualifiedType(DeduceInit->getType(), 10529 Type.getQualifiers()); 10530 10531 QualType DeducedType; 10532 if (DeduceAutoType(TSI, DeduceInit, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed) { 10533 if (!IsInitCapture) 10534 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 10535 else if (isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) 10536 Diag(Range.getBegin(), 10537 diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure_from_init_list) 10538 << VN 10539 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 10540 : DeduceInit->getType()) 10541 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 10542 else 10543 Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure) 10544 << VN << TSI->getType() 10545 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 10546 : DeduceInit->getType()) 10547 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 10548 } 10549 10550 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 10551 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual 10552 // checks. 10553 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 10554 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 10555 if (!inTemplateInstantiation() && !DefaultedAnyToId && !IsInitCapture && 10556 !DeducedType.isNull() && DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 10557 SourceLocation Loc = TSI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 10558 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) << VN << Range; 10559 } 10560 10561 return DeducedType; 10562 } 10563 10564 bool Sema::DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *VDecl, bool DirectInit, 10565 Expr *Init) { 10566 QualType DeducedType = deduceVarTypeFromInitializer( 10567 VDecl, VDecl->getDeclName(), VDecl->getType(), VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), 10568 VDecl->getSourceRange(), DirectInit, Init); 10569 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 10570 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10571 return true; 10572 } 10573 10574 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 10575 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 10576 10577 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 10578 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 10579 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10580 10581 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 10582 // the previously declared type. 10583 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) { 10584 // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete 10585 // array of auto, nor deduce such a type. 10586 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/ false); 10587 } 10588 10589 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 10590 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 10591 return VDecl->isInvalidDecl(); 10592 } 10593 10594 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 10595 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 10596 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 10597 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, bool DirectInit) { 10598 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 10599 // the initializer. 10600 if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 10601 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl)); 10602 return; 10603 } 10604 10605 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 10606 // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier. 10607 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 10608 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 10609 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 10610 return; 10611 } 10612 10613 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 10614 if (!VDecl) { 10615 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 10616 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 10617 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10618 return; 10619 } 10620 10621 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 10622 if (VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 10623 // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can 10624 // be deduced based on the chosen correction if the original init contains a 10625 // TypoExpr. 10626 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl); 10627 if (!Res.isUsable()) { 10628 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10629 return; 10630 } 10631 Init = Res.get(); 10632 10633 if (DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VDecl, DirectInit, Init)) 10634 return; 10635 } 10636 10637 // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions. 10638 if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 10639 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition); 10640 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10641 return; 10642 } 10643 10644 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 10645 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 10646 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 10647 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10648 return; 10649 } 10650 10651 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 10652 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 10653 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 10654 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 10655 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 10656 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 10657 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 10658 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 10659 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 10660 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10661 return; 10662 } 10663 10664 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 10665 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 10666 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10667 AbstractVariableType)) 10668 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10669 } 10670 10671 // If adding the initializer will turn this declaration into a definition, 10672 // and we already have a definition for this variable, diagnose or otherwise 10673 // handle the situation. 10674 VarDecl *Def; 10675 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl && 10676 (!VDecl->isStaticDataMember() || VDecl->isOutOfLine()) && 10677 !VDecl->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition() && 10678 checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, VDecl)) 10679 return; 10680 10681 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10682 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 10683 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 10684 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 10685 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 10686 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 10687 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 10688 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 10689 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 10690 // 10691 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 10692 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 10693 // declaration with an initializer. 10694 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) { 10695 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization) 10696 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 10697 Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(), 10698 diag::note_previous_initializer) 10699 << 0; 10700 return; 10701 } 10702 10703 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 10704 setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); 10705 10706 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 10707 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10708 return; 10709 } 10710 } 10711 10712 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 10713 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 10714 if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 10715 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 10716 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10717 return; 10718 } 10719 10720 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 10721 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 10722 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 10723 10724 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 10725 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 10726 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 10727 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 10728 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 10729 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 10730 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10731 return; 10732 } 10733 Init = Result.get(); 10734 } 10735 10736 // Perform the initialization. 10737 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 10738 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 10739 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 10740 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateForInit( 10741 VDecl->getLocation(), DirectInit, Init); 10742 10743 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 10744 if (CXXDirectInit) 10745 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 10746 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 10747 10748 // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments. 10749 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) { 10750 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr( 10751 Args[Idx], VDecl, [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) { 10752 InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E)); 10753 return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E; 10754 }); 10755 if (Res.isInvalid()) { 10756 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10757 } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) { 10758 Args[Idx] = Res.get(); 10759 } 10760 } 10761 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 10762 return; 10763 10764 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, 10765 /*TopLevelOfInitList=*/false, 10766 /*TreatUnavailableAsInvalid=*/false); 10767 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 10768 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 10769 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10770 return; 10771 } 10772 10773 Init = Result.getAs<Expr>(); 10774 } 10775 10776 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 10777 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 10778 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 10779 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 10780 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 10781 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 10782 } 10783 10784 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 10785 // completed by the initializer. For example: 10786 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 10787 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 10788 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 10789 VDecl->setType(DclT); 10790 10791 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 10792 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 10793 10794 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 10795 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 10796 10797 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 10798 // Although this code can still have problems: 10799 // id x = self.weakProp; 10800 // id y = self.weakProp; 10801 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 10802 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 10803 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 10804 if (FunctionScopeInfo *FSI = getCurFunction()) 10805 if ((VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong || 10806 VDecl->getType().isNonWeakInMRRWithObjCWeak(Context)) && 10807 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 10808 Init->getLocStart())) 10809 FSI->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 10810 } 10811 10812 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 10813 // 10814 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 10815 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 10816 // full-expression. For instance, in: 10817 // 10818 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 10819 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 10820 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 10821 // 10822 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 10823 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 10824 false, 10825 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 10826 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 10827 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10828 return; 10829 } 10830 Init = Result.get(); 10831 10832 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 10833 VDecl->setInit(Init); 10834 10835 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 10836 // Don't check the initializer if the declaration is malformed. 10837 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 10838 // do nothing 10839 10840 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5.3: __constant locals must be constant-initialized. 10841 // This is true even in OpenCL C++. 10842 } else if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) { 10843 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 10844 10845 // Otherwise, C++ does not restrict the initializer. 10846 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10847 // do nothing 10848 10849 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 10850 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 10851 } else if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 10852 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 10853 10854 // C89 is stricter than C99 for aggregate initializers. 10855 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list 10856 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be 10857 // constant expressions. 10858 } else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && 10859 isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) { 10860 const Expr *Culprit; 10861 if (!Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) { 10862 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), 10863 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) 10864 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 10865 } 10866 } 10867 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && !VDecl->isInline() && 10868 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 10869 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 10870 // 10871 // struct S { 10872 // static const int value = 17; 10873 // }; 10874 10875 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 10876 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 10877 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 10878 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 10879 // 10880 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 10881 // If a non-volatile non-inline const static data member is of integral 10882 // or enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 10883 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause 10884 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 10885 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 10886 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 10887 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 10888 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 10889 10890 // Do nothing on dependent types. 10891 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 10892 10893 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 10894 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 10895 // type. 10896 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 10897 10898 // Require constness. 10899 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 10900 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 10901 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10902 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10903 10904 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 10905 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 10906 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 10907 SourceLocation Loc; 10908 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 10909 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 10910 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 10911 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 10912 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 10913 ; // Nothing to check. 10914 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 10915 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 10916 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 10917 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 10918 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 10919 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 10920 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10921 } else { 10922 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 10923 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 10924 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 10925 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10926 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10927 } 10928 10929 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 10930 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 10931 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 10932 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 10933 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 10934 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 10935 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 10936 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 10937 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 10938 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 10939 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 10940 } else { 10941 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 10942 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 10943 10944 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 10945 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 10946 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10947 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10948 } 10949 } 10950 10951 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 10952 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 10953 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 10954 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 10955 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 10956 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 10957 10958 } else { 10959 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 10960 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 10961 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10962 } 10963 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 10964 // In C, extern is typically used to avoid tentative definitions when 10965 // declaring variables in headers, but adding an intializer makes it a 10966 // definition. This is somewhat confusing, so GCC and Clang both warn on it. 10967 // In C++, extern is often used to give implictly static const variables 10968 // external linkage, so don't warn in that case. If selectany is present, 10969 // this might be header code intended for C and C++ inclusion, so apply the 10970 // C++ rules. 10971 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 10972 ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->hasAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) || 10973 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified()) && 10974 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && VDecl->isExternC()) && 10975 !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) 10976 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 10977 10978 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 10979 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 10980 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 10981 } 10982 10983 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 10984 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 10985 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 10986 // 10987 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 10988 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 10989 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 10990 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 10991 // special case code. 10992 10993 // C++ 8.5p11: 10994 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 10995 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 10996 // class type. 10997 if (CXXDirectInit) { 10998 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 10999 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 11000 } else if (DirectInit) { 11001 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 11002 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 11003 } 11004 11005 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 11006 } 11007 11008 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 11009 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 11010 /// of sanity. 11011 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 11012 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 11013 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 11014 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 11015 11016 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 11017 if (!VD) return; 11018 11019 // Bindings are not usable if we can't make sense of the initializer. 11020 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D)) 11021 for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) 11022 BD->setInvalidDecl(); 11023 11024 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 11025 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 11026 D->setInvalidDecl(); 11027 return; 11028 } 11029 11030 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 11031 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 11032 11033 // Require a complete type. 11034 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 11035 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 11036 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 11037 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 11038 return; 11039 } 11040 11041 // Require a non-abstract type. 11042 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 11043 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 11044 AbstractVariableType)) { 11045 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 11046 return; 11047 } 11048 11049 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 11050 // though. 11051 } 11052 11053 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl) { 11054 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 11055 if (!RealDecl) 11056 return; 11057 11058 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 11059 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 11060 11061 // C++1z [dcl.dcl]p1 grammar implies that an initializer is mandatory. 11062 if (isa<DecompositionDecl>(RealDecl)) { 11063 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_decomp_decl_requires_init) << Var; 11064 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 11065 return; 11066 } 11067 11068 if (Type->isUndeducedType() && 11069 DeduceVariableDeclarationType(Var, false, nullptr)) 11070 return; 11071 11072 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 11073 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 11074 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 11075 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 11076 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 11077 // member. 11078 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 11079 !Var->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition()) { 11080 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) { 11081 // C++1z removes the relevant rule; the in-class declaration is always 11082 // a definition there. 11083 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17) { 11084 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 11085 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 11086 << Var->getDeclName(); 11087 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 11088 return; 11089 } 11090 } else { 11091 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 11092 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 11093 return; 11094 } 11095 } 11096 11097 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must 11098 // be initialized. 11099 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && 11100 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant && 11101 Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) { 11102 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init); 11103 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 11104 return; 11105 } 11106 11107 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 11108 case VarDecl::Definition: 11109 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 11110 break; 11111 11112 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 11113 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 11114 // a declaration. 11115 // 11116 LLVM_FALLTHROUGH; 11117 11118 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 11119 // It's only a declaration. 11120 11121 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 11122 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 11123 // object shall be complete. 11124 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 11125 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 11126 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 11127 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 11128 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 11129 11130 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 11131 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 11132 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 11133 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 11134 AbstractVariableType)) 11135 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 11136 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 11137 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 11138 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 11139 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 11140 } 11141 11142 return; 11143 11144 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 11145 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 11146 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 11147 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 11148 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 11149 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 11150 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 11151 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 11152 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 11153 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 11154 ArrayT->getElementType(), 11155 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 11156 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 11157 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 11158 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 11159 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 11160 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 11161 // NOTE: code such as the following 11162 // static struct s; 11163 // struct s { int a; }; 11164 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 11165 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 11166 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 11167 if (Var->isFirstDecl()) 11168 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 11169 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 11170 } 11171 } 11172 11173 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 11174 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 11175 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 11176 return; 11177 } 11178 11179 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 11180 // definitions with incomplete array type. 11181 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 11182 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 11183 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 11184 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 11185 return; 11186 } 11187 11188 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 11189 // definitions with reference type. 11190 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 11191 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 11192 << Var->getDeclName() 11193 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 11194 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 11195 return; 11196 } 11197 11198 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 11199 // variable with dependent type. 11200 if (Type->isDependentType()) 11201 return; 11202 11203 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 11204 return; 11205 11206 if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 11207 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 11208 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 11209 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 11210 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 11211 return; 11212 } 11213 } else { 11214 return; 11215 } 11216 11217 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 11218 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 11219 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 11220 AbstractVariableType)) { 11221 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 11222 return; 11223 } 11224 11225 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 11226 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 11227 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 11228 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 11229 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 11230 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 11231 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 11232 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 11233 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 11234 // types and is declared without an initializer. 11235 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 11236 if (const RecordType *Record 11237 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 11238 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 11239 // Mark the function (if we're in one) for further checking even if the 11240 // looser rules of C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can 11241 // diagnose incompatibilities with C++98. 11242 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 11243 setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); 11244 } 11245 } 11246 11247 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 11248 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 11249 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 11250 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 11251 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 11252 // type shall have a user-declared default 11253 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 11254 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 11255 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 11256 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 11257 // program is ill-formed. 11258 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 11259 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 11260 // default-initialized; [...]. 11261 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 11262 InitializationKind Kind 11263 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 11264 11265 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 11266 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 11267 if (Init.isInvalid()) 11268 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 11269 else if (Init.get()) { 11270 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 11271 // This is important for template substitution. 11272 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 11273 } 11274 11275 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 11276 } 11277 } 11278 11279 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 11280 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Ignore it. 11281 if (!D) 11282 return; 11283 11284 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 11285 if (!VD) { 11286 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 11287 D->setInvalidDecl(); 11288 return; 11289 } 11290 11291 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 11292 11293 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 11294 int Error = -1; 11295 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 11296 case SC_None: 11297 break; 11298 case SC_Extern: 11299 Error = 0; 11300 break; 11301 case SC_Static: 11302 Error = 1; 11303 break; 11304 case SC_PrivateExtern: 11305 Error = 2; 11306 break; 11307 case SC_Auto: 11308 Error = 3; 11309 break; 11310 case SC_Register: 11311 Error = 4; 11312 break; 11313 } 11314 if (Error != -1) { 11315 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 11316 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 11317 D->setInvalidDecl(); 11318 } 11319 } 11320 11321 StmtResult 11322 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 11323 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 11324 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 11325 SourceLocation AttrEnd) { 11326 // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1: 11327 // A range-based for statement of the form 11328 // for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 11329 // is equivalent to 11330 // for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 11331 DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 11332 11333 const char *PrevSpec; 11334 unsigned DiagID; 11335 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID, 11336 getPrintingPolicy()); 11337 11338 Declarator D(DS, DeclaratorContext::ForContext); 11339 D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc); 11340 D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd); 11341 11342 ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 11343 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false), 11344 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc); 11345 Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D); 11346 cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 11347 FinalizeDeclaration(Var); 11348 return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc, 11349 AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc); 11350 } 11351 11352 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 11353 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 11354 11355 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 11356 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Every block variable declaration must have an 11357 // initialiser 11358 if (var->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->isBlockPointerType() && 11359 !var->hasInit()) { 11360 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration) 11361 << 1 /*Init*/; 11362 var->setInvalidDecl(); 11363 return; 11364 } 11365 } 11366 11367 // In Objective-C, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 11368 // local retaining variable. 11369 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 11370 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 11371 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 11372 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 11373 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 11374 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 11375 break; 11376 11377 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 11378 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 11379 setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); 11380 break; 11381 } 11382 } 11383 11384 if (var->hasLocalStorage() && 11385 var->getType().isDestructedType() == QualType::DK_nontrivial_c_struct) 11386 setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); 11387 11388 // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a 11389 // prior declaration. We only want to do this for global 11390 // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for 11391 // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can 11392 // change if it's later given a typedef name. 11393 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 11394 var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && 11395 var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() && 11396 !var->isInline() && !var->getDescribedVarTemplate() && 11397 !isTemplateInstantiation(var->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) && 11398 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 11399 var->getLocation())) { 11400 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 11401 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 11402 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 11403 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 11404 11405 if (!prev) 11406 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 11407 } 11408 11409 // Cache the result of checking for constant initialization. 11410 Optional<bool> CacheHasConstInit; 11411 const Expr *CacheCulprit; 11412 auto checkConstInit = [&]() mutable { 11413 if (!CacheHasConstInit) 11414 CacheHasConstInit = var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 11415 Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &CacheCulprit); 11416 return *CacheHasConstInit; 11417 }; 11418 11419 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) { 11420 if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 11421 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 11422 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 11423 // have a non-trivial destructor. 11424 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 11425 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 11426 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 11427 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit()) { 11428 if (!checkConstInit()) { 11429 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 11430 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 11431 // initialization. 11432 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 11433 Diag(CacheCulprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init) 11434 << CacheCulprit->getSourceRange(); 11435 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 11436 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 11437 } 11438 } 11439 } 11440 11441 // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables. 11442 bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage(); 11443 if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 11444 !inTemplateInstantiation()) { 11445 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr; 11446 int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read; 11447 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) 11448 Stack = &ConstSegStack; 11449 else if (!var->getInit()) { 11450 Stack = &BSSSegStack; 11451 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 11452 } else { 11453 Stack = &DataSegStack; 11454 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 11455 } 11456 if (Stack->CurrentValue && !var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 11457 var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 11458 Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 11459 Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation)); 11460 } 11461 if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) 11462 if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var)) 11463 var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 11464 11465 // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer. If the 11466 // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this 11467 // attribute. 11468 if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit()) 11469 var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(), 11470 CurInitSegLoc)); 11471 } 11472 11473 // All the following checks are C++ only. 11474 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11475 // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the 11476 // current module. 11477 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty()) 11478 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var); 11479 return; 11480 } 11481 11482 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(var)) 11483 CheckCompleteDecompositionDeclaration(DD); 11484 11485 QualType type = var->getType(); 11486 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 11487 11488 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 11489 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 11490 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 11491 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 11492 11493 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 11494 // constructing this copy. 11495 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 11496 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope( 11497 *this, ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated); 11498 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 11499 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 11500 ExprResult result 11501 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 11502 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 11503 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 11504 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 11505 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 11506 Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>(); 11507 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 11508 } 11509 } 11510 } 11511 11512 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 11513 bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal(); 11514 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 11515 11516 if (Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 11517 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 11518 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 11519 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 11520 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 11521 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 11522 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 11523 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 11524 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 11525 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 11526 Notes.clear(); 11527 } 11528 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 11529 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 11530 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 11531 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 11532 } 11533 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 11534 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 11535 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 11536 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 11537 var->checkInitIsICE(); 11538 } 11539 11540 // Don't emit further diagnostics about constexpr globals since they 11541 // were just diagnosed. 11542 if (!var->isConstexpr() && GlobalStorage && 11543 var->hasAttr<RequireConstantInitAttr>()) { 11544 // FIXME: Need strict checking in C++03 here. 11545 bool DiagErr = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 11546 ? !var->checkInitIsICE() : !checkConstInit(); 11547 if (DiagErr) { 11548 auto attr = var->getAttr<RequireConstantInitAttr>(); 11549 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_require_constant_init_failed) 11550 << Init->getSourceRange(); 11551 Diag(attr->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_required_constant_init_here) 11552 << attr->getRange(); 11553 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 11554 APValue Value; 11555 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 11556 Init->EvaluateAsInitializer(Value, getASTContext(), var, Notes); 11557 for (auto &it : Notes) 11558 Diag(it.first, it.second); 11559 } else { 11560 Diag(CacheCulprit->getExprLoc(), 11561 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) 11562 << CacheCulprit->getSourceRange(); 11563 } 11564 } 11565 } 11566 else if (!var->isConstexpr() && IsGlobal && 11567 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor, 11568 var->getLocation())) { 11569 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't 11570 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already 11571 // warned about them. 11572 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 11573 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor())) { 11574 if (!checkConstInit()) 11575 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 11576 << Init->getSourceRange(); 11577 } 11578 } 11579 } 11580 11581 // Require the destructor. 11582 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 11583 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 11584 11585 // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the current 11586 // module. 11587 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty()) 11588 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var); 11589 } 11590 11591 /// Determines if a variable's alignment is dependent. 11592 static bool hasDependentAlignment(VarDecl *VD) { 11593 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType()) 11594 return true; 11595 for (auto *I : VD->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) 11596 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 11597 return true; 11598 return false; 11599 } 11600 11601 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 11602 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 11603 void Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 11604 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 11605 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 11606 11607 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 11608 if (!VD) 11609 return; 11610 11611 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if '#pragma clang section bss|data|rodata' is active 11612 if (VD->hasGlobalStorage() && VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 11613 !inTemplateInstantiation() && !VD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 11614 if (PragmaClangBSSSection.Valid) 11615 VD->addAttr(PragmaClangBSSSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11616 PragmaClangBSSSection.SectionName, 11617 PragmaClangBSSSection.PragmaLocation)); 11618 if (PragmaClangDataSection.Valid) 11619 VD->addAttr(PragmaClangDataSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11620 PragmaClangDataSection.SectionName, 11621 PragmaClangDataSection.PragmaLocation)); 11622 if (PragmaClangRodataSection.Valid) 11623 VD->addAttr(PragmaClangRodataSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11624 PragmaClangRodataSection.SectionName, 11625 PragmaClangRodataSection.PragmaLocation)); 11626 } 11627 11628 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(ThisDecl)) { 11629 for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) { 11630 FinalizeDeclaration(BD); 11631 } 11632 } 11633 11634 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD); 11635 11636 // Perform TLS alignment check here after attributes attached to the variable 11637 // which may affect the alignment have been processed. Only perform the check 11638 // if the target has a maximum TLS alignment (zero means no constraints). 11639 if (unsigned MaxAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) { 11640 // Protect the check so that it's not performed on dependent types and 11641 // dependent alignments (we can't determine the alignment in that case). 11642 if (VD->getTLSKind() && !hasDependentAlignment(VD) && 11643 !VD->isInvalidDecl()) { 11644 CharUnits MaxAlignChars = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(MaxAlign); 11645 if (Context.getDeclAlign(VD) > MaxAlignChars) { 11646 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum) 11647 << (unsigned)Context.getDeclAlign(VD).getQuantity() << VD 11648 << (unsigned)MaxAlignChars.getQuantity(); 11649 } 11650 } 11651 } 11652 11653 if (VD->isStaticLocal()) { 11654 if (FunctionDecl *FD = 11655 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) { 11656 // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function. 11657 if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) { 11658 auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext())); 11659 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 11660 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 11661 } 11662 // CUDA E.2.9.4: Within the body of a __device__ or __global__ 11663 // function, only __shared__ variables may be declared with 11664 // static storage class. 11665 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && !VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() && 11666 CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(VD->getLocation(), 11667 diag::err_device_static_local_var) 11668 << CurrentCUDATarget()) 11669 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 11670 } 11671 } 11672 11673 // Perform check for initializers of device-side global variables. 11674 // CUDA allows empty constructors as initializers (see E.2.3.1, CUDA 11675 // 7.5). We must also apply the same checks to all __shared__ 11676 // variables whether they are local or not. CUDA also allows 11677 // constant initializers for __constant__ and __device__ variables. 11678 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 11679 checkAllowedCUDAInitializer(VD); 11680 11681 // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl. 11682 const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD); 11683 11684 // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line. 11685 if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) { 11686 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() && 11687 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 11688 // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members 11689 // with a warning. 11690 CXXRecordDecl *Context = 11691 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext()); 11692 bool IsClassTemplateMember = 11693 isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) || 11694 Context->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 11695 11696 Diag(VD->getLocation(), 11697 IsClassTemplateMember 11698 ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition 11699 : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition); 11700 Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 11701 if (!IsClassTemplateMember) 11702 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 11703 } 11704 } 11705 11706 // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index 11707 // isn't exported with the variable. 11708 if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) { 11709 auto *F = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod()); 11710 if (F && getDLLAttr(F)) { 11711 assert(VD->isStaticLocal()); 11712 // But if this is a static local in a dlimport/dllexport function, the 11713 // function will never be inlined, which means the var would never be 11714 // imported, so having it marked import/export is safe. 11715 } else { 11716 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD 11717 << DLLAttr; 11718 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 11719 } 11720 } 11721 11722 if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 11723 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 11724 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr; 11725 VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>(); 11726 } 11727 } 11728 11729 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 11730 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 11731 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 11732 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 11733 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 11734 11735 // FIXME: Warn on unused var template partial specializations. 11736 if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD)) 11737 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 11738 11739 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 11740 // tag values. 11741 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 11742 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 11743 return; 11744 11745 for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { 11746 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 11747 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 11748 continue; 11749 } 11750 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 11751 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 11752 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 11753 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 11754 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 11755 continue; 11756 } 11757 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 11758 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 11759 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 11760 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 11761 continue; 11762 } 11763 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 11764 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 11765 MagicValue, 11766 I->getMatchingCType(), 11767 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 11768 I->getMustBeNull()); 11769 } 11770 } 11771 11772 static bool hasDeducedAuto(DeclaratorDecl *DD) { 11773 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DD); 11774 return VD && !VD->getType()->hasAutoForTrailingReturnType(); 11775 } 11776 11777 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 11778 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 11779 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 11780 11781 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 11782 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 11783 11784 DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 11785 DecompositionDecl *FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 11786 bool DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = false; 11787 DeclaratorDecl *FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup = nullptr; 11788 bool DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto = false; 11789 11790 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11791 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) { 11792 // For declarators, there are some additional syntactic-ish checks we need 11793 // to perform. 11794 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) { 11795 if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup) 11796 FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD; 11797 if (!FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup) 11798 FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D); 11799 if (!FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup && DS.hasAutoTypeSpec() && 11800 !hasDeducedAuto(DD)) 11801 FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup = DD; 11802 11803 if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup != DD) { 11804 // A decomposition declaration cannot be combined with any other 11805 // declaration in the same group. 11806 if (FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup && !DiagnosedMultipleDecomps) { 11807 Diag(FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup->getLocation(), 11808 diag::err_decomp_decl_not_alone) 11809 << FirstDeclaratorInGroup->getSourceRange() 11810 << DD->getSourceRange(); 11811 DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = true; 11812 } 11813 11814 // A declarator that uses 'auto' in any way other than to declare a 11815 // variable with a deduced type cannot be combined with any other 11816 // declarator in the same group. 11817 if (FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup && !DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto) { 11818 Diag(FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup->getLocation(), 11819 diag::err_auto_non_deduced_not_alone) 11820 << FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup->getType() 11821 ->hasAutoForTrailingReturnType() 11822 << FirstDeclaratorInGroup->getSourceRange() 11823 << DD->getSourceRange(); 11824 DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto = true; 11825 } 11826 } 11827 } 11828 11829 Decls.push_back(D); 11830 } 11831 } 11832 11833 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { 11834 if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) { 11835 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 11836 if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup && !Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && 11837 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11838 Context.addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(Tag, FirstDeclaratorInGroup); 11839 } 11840 } 11841 11842 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls); 11843 } 11844 11845 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 11846 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 11847 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 11848 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 11849 // C++14 [dcl.spec.auto]p7: (DR1347) 11850 // If the type that replaces the placeholder type is not the same in each 11851 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 11852 if (Group.size() > 1) { 11853 QualType Deduced; 11854 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr; 11855 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 11856 VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i]); 11857 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) 11858 break; 11859 DeducedType *DT = D->getType()->getContainedDeducedType(); 11860 if (!DT || DT->getDeducedType().isNull()) 11861 continue; 11862 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 11863 Deduced = DT->getDeducedType(); 11864 DeducedDecl = D; 11865 } else if (!Context.hasSameType(DT->getDeducedType(), Deduced)) { 11866 auto *AT = dyn_cast<AutoType>(DT); 11867 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 11868 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 11869 << (AT ? (unsigned)AT->getKeyword() : 3) 11870 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 11871 << DT->getDeducedType() << D->getDeclName() 11872 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 11873 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 11874 D->setInvalidDecl(); 11875 break; 11876 } 11877 } 11878 } 11879 11880 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); 11881 11882 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( 11883 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); 11884 } 11885 11886 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 11887 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); 11888 } 11889 11890 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 11891 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 11892 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) 11893 return; 11894 11895 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 11896 Group[0]->getLocation()) && 11897 Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name, 11898 Group[0]->getLocation())) 11899 return; 11900 11901 if (Group.size() >= 2) { 11902 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 11903 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 11904 // additional declaration references: 11905 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 11906 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 11907 // 'struct S *pS;' 11908 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 11909 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 11910 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 11911 Group = Group.slice(1); 11912 } 11913 } 11914 11915 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 11916 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 11917 if (!Comments.empty() && 11918 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 11919 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 11920 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 11921 // 11922 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 11923 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 11924 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 11925 // ahead through comments. 11926 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 11927 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 11928 } 11929 } 11930 11931 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 11932 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 11933 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 11934 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 11935 11936 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 11937 11938 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 11939 StorageClass SC = SC_None; 11940 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 11941 SC = SC_Register; 11942 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 11943 // In C++17, it is not allowed, but we tolerate it as an extension. 11944 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 11945 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 11946 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ? diag::ext_register_storage_class 11947 : diag::warn_deprecated_register) 11948 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 11949 } 11950 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11951 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 11952 SC = SC_Auto; 11953 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 11954 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 11955 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 11956 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 11957 } 11958 11959 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 11960 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 11961 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 11962 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 11963 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 11964 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17; 11965 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 11966 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 11967 << 0; 11968 11969 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 11970 11971 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 11972 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 11973 11974 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11975 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 11976 // parameter. 11977 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 11978 11979 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 11980 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 11981 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 11982 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 11983 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 11984 } 11985 } 11986 11987 // Ensure we have a valid name 11988 IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr; 11989 if (D.hasName()) { 11990 II = D.getIdentifier(); 11991 if (!II) { 11992 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 11993 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 11994 D.setInvalidType(true); 11995 } 11996 } 11997 11998 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 11999 if (II) { 12000 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 12001 ForVisibleRedeclaration); 12002 LookupName(R, S); 12003 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 12004 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 12005 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 12006 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 12007 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 12008 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 12009 PrevDecl = nullptr; 12010 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 12011 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 12012 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12013 12014 // Recover by removing the name 12015 II = nullptr; 12016 D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 12017 D.setInvalidType(true); 12018 } 12019 } 12020 } 12021 12022 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 12023 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 12024 // looking like class members in C++. 12025 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 12026 D.getLocStart(), 12027 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 12028 parmDeclType, TInfo, 12029 SC); 12030 12031 if (D.isInvalidType()) 12032 New->setInvalidDecl(); 12033 12034 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 12035 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 12036 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 12037 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 12038 12039 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 12040 S->AddDecl(New); 12041 if (II) 12042 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 12043 12044 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 12045 12046 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 12047 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 12048 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 12049 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 12050 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 12051 12052 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 12053 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 12054 } 12055 return New; 12056 } 12057 12058 /// Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 12059 /// typedef. 12060 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 12061 SourceLocation Loc, 12062 QualType T) { 12063 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 12064 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 12065 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 12066 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr, 12067 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 12068 SC_None, nullptr); 12069 Param->setImplicit(); 12070 return Param; 12071 } 12072 12073 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters) { 12074 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 12075 // will already have done so in the template itself. 12076 if (inTemplateInstantiation()) 12077 return; 12078 12079 for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) { 12080 if (!Parameter->isReferenced() && Parameter->getDeclName() && 12081 !Parameter->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 12082 Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 12083 << Parameter->getDeclName(); 12084 } 12085 } 12086 } 12087 12088 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue( 12089 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters, QualType ReturnTy, NamedDecl *D) { 12090 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 12091 return; 12092 12093 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 12094 // threshold. 12095 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 12096 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 12097 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 12098 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 12099 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 12100 } 12101 12102 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 12103 // threshold. 12104 for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) { 12105 QualType T = Parameter->getType(); 12106 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 12107 continue; 12108 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 12109 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 12110 Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 12111 << Parameter->getDeclName() << Size; 12112 } 12113 } 12114 12115 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 12116 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 12117 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 12118 StorageClass SC) { 12119 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 12120 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 12121 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 12122 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 12123 12124 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 12125 12126 // Special cases for arrays: 12127 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 12128 // - otherwise, it's an error 12129 if (T->isArrayType()) { 12130 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 12131 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 12132 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 12133 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 12134 } 12135 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 12136 } else { 12137 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 12138 } 12139 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 12140 } 12141 12142 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 12143 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 12144 TSInfo, SC, nullptr); 12145 12146 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 12147 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 12148 // the class has been completely parsed. 12149 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 12150 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 12151 AbstractParamType)) 12152 New->setInvalidDecl(); 12153 12154 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 12155 // passed by reference. 12156 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 12157 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = 12158 getLocForEndOfToken(TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd()); 12159 Diag(NameLoc, 12160 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 12161 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 12162 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 12163 New->setType(T); 12164 } 12165 12166 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 12167 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 12168 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 12169 // an address space. 12170 if (T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default && 12171 // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type 12172 // to be qualified with an address space. 12173 !(getLangOpts().OpenCL && 12174 (T->isArrayType() || T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_private))) { 12175 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 12176 New->setInvalidDecl(); 12177 } 12178 12179 return New; 12180 } 12181 12182 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 12183 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 12184 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 12185 12186 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 12187 // for a K&R function. 12188 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 12189 for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 12190 --i; 12191 if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) { 12192 SmallString<256> Code; 12193 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) 12194 << " int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n"; 12195 Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 12196 << FTI.Params[i].Ident 12197 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code); 12198 12199 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 12200 // type. 12201 AttributeFactory attrs; 12202 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 12203 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 12204 unsigned DiagID; // unused 12205 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec, 12206 DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 12207 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 12208 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 12209 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 12210 Declarator ParamD(DS, DeclaratorContext::KNRTypeListContext); 12211 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 12212 FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 12213 } 12214 } 12215 } 12216 } 12217 12218 Decl * 12219 Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D, 12220 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 12221 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 12222 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused"); 12223 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 12224 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 12225 12226 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 12227 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists); 12228 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP, SkipBody); 12229 } 12230 12231 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *D) { 12232 Consumer.HandleInlineFunctionDefinition(D); 12233 } 12234 12235 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 12236 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 12237 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 12238 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 12239 return false; 12240 12241 // Or declarations that aren't global. 12242 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 12243 return false; 12244 12245 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 12246 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 12247 return false; 12248 12249 // Don't warn about 'main'. 12250 if (FD->isMain()) 12251 return false; 12252 12253 // Don't warn about inline functions. 12254 if (FD->isInlined()) 12255 return false; 12256 12257 // Don't warn about function templates. 12258 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 12259 return false; 12260 12261 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 12262 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 12263 return false; 12264 12265 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 12266 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 12267 return false; 12268 12269 // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions. 12270 if (FD->isDeleted()) 12271 return false; 12272 12273 bool MissingPrototype = true; 12274 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 12275 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 12276 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 12277 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 12278 if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 12279 continue; 12280 12281 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 12282 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 12283 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 12284 break; 12285 } 12286 12287 return MissingPrototype; 12288 } 12289 12290 void 12291 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD, 12292 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition, 12293 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 12294 const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition; 12295 if (!Definition && !FD->isDefined(Definition) && !FD->isCXXClassMember()) { 12296 // If this is a friend function defined in a class template, it does not 12297 // have a body until it is used, nevertheless it is a definition, see 12298 // [temp.inst]p2: 12299 // 12300 // ... for the purpose of determining whether an instantiated redeclaration 12301 // is valid according to [basic.def.odr] and [class.mem], a declaration that 12302 // corresponds to a definition in the template is considered to be a 12303 // definition. 12304 // 12305 // The following code must produce redefinition error: 12306 // 12307 // template<typename T> struct C20 { friend void func_20() {} }; 12308 // C20<int> c20i; 12309 // void func_20() {} 12310 // 12311 for (auto I : FD->redecls()) { 12312 if (I != FD && !I->isInvalidDecl() && 12313 I->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 12314 if (FunctionDecl *Original = I->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction()) { 12315 if (FunctionDecl *OrigFD = FD->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction()) { 12316 // A merged copy of the same function, instantiated as a member of 12317 // the same class, is OK. 12318 if (declaresSameEntity(OrigFD, Original) && 12319 declaresSameEntity(cast<Decl>(I->getLexicalDeclContext()), 12320 cast<Decl>(FD->getLexicalDeclContext()))) 12321 continue; 12322 } 12323 12324 if (Original->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 12325 Definition = I; 12326 break; 12327 } 12328 } 12329 } 12330 } 12331 } 12332 if (!Definition) 12333 return; 12334 12335 if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) 12336 return; 12337 12338 // Don't emit an error when this is redefinition of a typo-corrected 12339 // definition. 12340 if (TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions.count(Definition)) 12341 return; 12342 12343 // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or 12344 // a template, skip the new definition. 12345 if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) && 12346 (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 12347 Definition->isInlined() || 12348 Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() || 12349 Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists())) { 12350 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 12351 if (auto *TD = Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 12352 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(TD); 12353 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition)); 12354 return; 12355 } 12356 12357 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 12358 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 12359 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 12360 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 12361 else 12362 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 12363 12364 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12365 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12366 } 12367 12368 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 12369 Sema &S) { 12370 CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent(); 12371 12372 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope(); 12373 LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator; 12374 LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass; 12375 LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType(); 12376 const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault(); 12377 12378 if (LCD == LCD_None) 12379 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None; 12380 else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy) 12381 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval; 12382 else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef) 12383 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref; 12384 DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo(); 12385 12386 LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange(); 12387 LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst(); 12388 12389 // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already 12390 // captured within tryCaptureVar. 12391 auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin(); 12392 for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) { 12393 if (C.capturesVariable()) { 12394 VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar(); 12395 if (VD->isInitCapture()) 12396 S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD); 12397 QualType CaptureType = VD->getType(); 12398 const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef; 12399 LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef, 12400 /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(), 12401 /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion() 12402 ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(), 12403 CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr); 12404 12405 } else if (C.capturesThis()) { 12406 LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), 12407 /*Expr*/ nullptr, 12408 C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_StarThis); 12409 } else { 12410 LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType()); 12411 } 12412 ++I; 12413 } 12414 } 12415 12416 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D, 12417 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 12418 if (!D) { 12419 // Parsing the function declaration failed in some way. Push on a fake scope 12420 // anyway so we can try to parse the function body. 12421 PushFunctionScope(); 12422 return D; 12423 } 12424 12425 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; 12426 12427 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 12428 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 12429 else 12430 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 12431 12432 // Check for defining attributes before the check for redefinition. 12433 if (const auto *Attr = FD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 12434 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << FD << 0; 12435 FD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 12436 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12437 } 12438 if (const auto *Attr = FD->getAttr<IFuncAttr>()) { 12439 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << FD << 1; 12440 FD->dropAttr<IFuncAttr>(); 12441 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12442 } 12443 12444 // See if this is a redefinition. If 'will have body' is already set, then 12445 // these checks were already performed when it was set. 12446 if (!FD->willHaveBody() && !FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) { 12447 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, nullptr, SkipBody); 12448 12449 // If we're skipping the body, we're done. Don't enter the scope. 12450 if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip) 12451 return D; 12452 } 12453 12454 // Mark this function as "will have a body eventually". This lets users to 12455 // call e.g. isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible while we're still parsing 12456 // this function. 12457 FD->setWillHaveBody(); 12458 12459 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push 12460 // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information 12461 // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current 12462 // LambdaScopeInfo. 12463 // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo, 12464 // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try 12465 // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential 12466 // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to 12467 // have the LSI properly restored. 12468 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) { 12469 assert(inTemplateInstantiation() && 12470 "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack " 12471 "when instantiating a generic lambda!"); 12472 RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this); 12473 } else { 12474 // Enter a new function scope 12475 PushFunctionScope(); 12476 } 12477 12478 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 12479 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 12480 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 12481 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 12482 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 12483 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12484 } 12485 } 12486 12487 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 12488 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 12489 QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType(); 12490 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 12491 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 12492 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 12493 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 12494 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12495 12496 if (FnBodyScope) 12497 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 12498 12499 // Check the validity of our function parameters 12500 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->parameters(), 12501 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 12502 12503 // Add non-parameter declarations already in the function to the current 12504 // scope. 12505 if (FnBodyScope) { 12506 for (Decl *NPD : FD->decls()) { 12507 auto *NonParmDecl = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(NPD); 12508 if (!NonParmDecl) 12509 continue; 12510 assert(!isa<ParmVarDecl>(NonParmDecl) && 12511 "parameters should not be in newly created FD yet"); 12512 12513 // If the decl has a name, make it accessible in the current scope. 12514 if (NonParmDecl->getDeclName()) 12515 PushOnScopeChains(NonParmDecl, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 12516 12517 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 12518 // accessible in this scope. 12519 if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(NonParmDecl)) { 12520 for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators()) 12521 PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 12522 } 12523 } 12524 } 12525 12526 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 12527 for (auto Param : FD->parameters()) { 12528 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 12529 12530 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 12531 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 12532 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 12533 12534 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 12535 } 12536 } 12537 12538 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 12539 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 12540 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 12541 12542 // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions. 12543 if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() && 12544 !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) { 12545 assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()); 12546 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition); 12547 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12548 return D; 12549 } 12550 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 12551 // a function template). 12552 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 12553 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 12554 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl && 12555 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation) 12556 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container); 12557 12558 return D; 12559 } 12560 12561 /// Given the set of return statements within a function body, 12562 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 12563 /// optimization. 12564 /// 12565 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 12566 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 12567 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 12568 /// use the named return value optimization. 12569 /// 12570 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 12571 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that 12572 /// candidate is an NRVO variable. 12573 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 12574 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 12575 12576 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 12577 if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) { 12578 if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable()) 12579 Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr); 12580 } 12581 } 12582 } 12583 12584 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) { 12585 // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet). 12586 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 12587 return false; 12588 12589 // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced 12590 // return type (yet). 12591 if (D.getDeclSpec().hasAutoTypeSpec()) { 12592 // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type, 12593 // we can still delay parsing it. 12594 if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) { 12595 const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1); 12596 if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 12597 Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) { 12598 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType()); 12599 return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType(); 12600 } 12601 } 12602 return false; 12603 } 12604 12605 return true; 12606 } 12607 12608 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 12609 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 12610 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 12611 // rest of the file. 12612 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 12613 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 12614 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) { 12615 if (FD->isConstexpr()) 12616 return false; 12617 // We can't simply call Type::isUndeducedType here, because inside template 12618 // auto can be deduced to a dependent type, which is not considered 12619 // "undeduced". 12620 if (FD->getReturnType()->getContainedDeducedType()) 12621 return false; 12622 } 12623 return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D); 12624 } 12625 12626 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 12627 if (!Decl) 12628 return nullptr; 12629 if (FunctionDecl *FD = Decl->getAsFunction()) 12630 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 12631 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 12632 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 12633 return Decl; 12634 } 12635 12636 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 12637 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 12638 } 12639 12640 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 12641 bool IsInstantiation) { 12642 FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr; 12643 12644 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 12645 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr; 12646 12647 if (getLangOpts().CoroutinesTS && getCurFunction()->isCoroutine()) 12648 CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FD, Body); 12649 12650 if (FD) { 12651 FD->setBody(Body); 12652 FD->setWillHaveBody(false); 12653 12654 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { 12655 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && !FD->isDependentContext() && 12656 FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 12657 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 12658 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 12659 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 12660 if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 12661 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 12662 << FD->getReturnType(); 12663 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12664 } else { 12665 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 12666 TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD); 12667 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 12668 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 12669 } 12670 } 12671 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) { 12672 // In C++11, we don't use 'auto' deduction rules for lambda call 12673 // operators because we don't support return type deduction. 12674 auto *LSI = getCurLambda(); 12675 if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) { 12676 deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI); 12677 12678 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4: 12679 // [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement 12680 // [the deduced type is] the type void 12681 QualType RetType = 12682 LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType; 12683 12684 // Update the return type to the deduced type. 12685 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = 12686 FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 12687 FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(), 12688 Proto->getExtProtoInfo())); 12689 } 12690 } 12691 12692 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 12693 // don't complain about missing return statements. 12694 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 12695 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 12696 12697 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 12698 // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct. 12699 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl()) 12700 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition); 12701 12702 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 12703 // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions. 12704 if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted()) 12705 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->parameters()); 12706 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->parameters(), 12707 FD->getReturnType(), FD); 12708 12709 // If this is a structor, we need a vtable. 12710 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 12711 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 12712 else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD)) 12713 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent()); 12714 12715 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 12716 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 12717 // to deduce an implicit return type. 12718 if (FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() && 12719 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !FD->isDependentContext())) 12720 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 12721 } 12722 12723 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 12724 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 12725 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 12726 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 12727 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 12728 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr; 12729 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 12730 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 12731 12732 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 12733 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 12734 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 12735 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = 12736 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 12737 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 12738 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 12739 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 12740 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 12741 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 12742 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 12743 } 12744 } 12745 12746 // GNU warning -Wstrict-prototypes 12747 // Warn if K&R function is defined without a previous declaration. 12748 // This warning is issued only if the definition itself does not provide 12749 // a prototype. Only K&R definitions do not provide a prototype. 12750 // An empty list in a function declarator that is part of a definition 12751 // of that function specifies that the function has no parameters 12752 // (C99 6.7.5.3p14) 12753 if (!FD->hasWrittenPrototype() && FD->getNumParams() > 0 && 12754 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus) { 12755 TypeSourceInfo *TI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 12756 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 12757 FunctionTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAsAdjusted<FunctionTypeLoc>(); 12758 Diag(FTL.getLParenLoc(), diag::warn_strict_prototypes) << 2; 12759 } 12760 } 12761 12762 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 12763 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction; 12764 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) && 12765 MD->isVirtual() && 12766 (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) && 12767 MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) { 12768 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 12769 if (FD->isInlined() && 12770 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 12771 Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD); 12772 12773 // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we 12774 // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively. 12775 KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent()); 12776 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 12777 if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition)) 12778 MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 12779 } else { 12780 // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used. 12781 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 12782 } 12783 } 12784 } 12785 12786 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 12787 "Function parsing confused"); 12788 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 12789 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 12790 MD->setBody(Body); 12791 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 12792 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->parameters()); 12793 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->parameters(), 12794 MD->getReturnType(), MD); 12795 12796 if (Body) 12797 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 12798 } 12799 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 12800 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 12801 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 12802 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 12803 } 12804 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) { 12805 const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr; 12806 bool isDesignated = 12807 MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod); 12808 assert(isDesignated && InitMethod); 12809 (void)isDesignated; 12810 12811 auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) { 12812 auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface(); 12813 if (!IFace) 12814 return false; 12815 auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass(); 12816 if (!SuperD) 12817 return false; 12818 return SuperD->getIdentifier() == 12819 NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject); 12820 }; 12821 // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses 12822 // of NSObject. 12823 if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) { 12824 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 12825 diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call); 12826 Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(), 12827 diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here); 12828 } 12829 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false; 12830 } 12831 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) { 12832 // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits. 12833 if (!MD->isUnavailable()) 12834 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 12835 diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call); 12836 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false; 12837 } 12838 } else { 12839 // Parsing the function declaration failed in some way. Pop the fake scope 12840 // we pushed on. 12841 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 12842 return nullptr; 12843 } 12844 12845 if (Body && getCurFunction()->HasPotentialAvailabilityViolations) 12846 DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations(dcl); 12847 12848 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 12849 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 12850 "handled in the block above."); 12851 12852 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 12853 if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) { 12854 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 12855 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 12856 // Verify this. 12857 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 12858 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 12859 12860 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 12861 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 12862 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 12863 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 12864 12865 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 12866 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 12867 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 12868 12869 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 12870 Destructor->getParent()); 12871 } 12872 12873 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 12874 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 12875 // deletion in some later function. 12876 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 12877 getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 12878 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 12879 } 12880 if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 12881 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 12882 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 12883 // enabled. 12884 ActivePolicy = &WP; 12885 } 12886 12887 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 12888 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 12889 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 12890 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12891 12892 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) { 12893 for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) { 12894 // Allow local register variables without initializer as they don't 12895 // require prologue. 12896 bool RegisterVariables = false; 12897 if (auto *DS = dyn_cast<DeclStmt>(S)) { 12898 for (const auto *Decl : DS->decls()) { 12899 if (const auto *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Decl)) { 12900 RegisterVariables = 12901 Var->hasAttr<AsmLabelAttr>() && !Var->hasInit(); 12902 if (!RegisterVariables) 12903 break; 12904 } 12905 } 12906 } 12907 if (RegisterVariables) 12908 continue; 12909 if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) { 12910 Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function); 12911 Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 12912 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12913 break; 12914 } 12915 } 12916 } 12917 12918 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() == 12919 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects && 12920 "Leftover temporaries in function"); 12921 assert(!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 12922 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 12923 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 12924 } 12925 12926 if (!IsInstantiation) 12927 PopDeclContext(); 12928 12929 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 12930 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 12931 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 12932 // deletion in some later function. 12933 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 12934 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 12935 } 12936 12937 return dcl; 12938 } 12939 12940 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 12941 /// relevant Decl. 12942 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 12943 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 12944 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 12945 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 12946 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 12947 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 12948 12949 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 12950 if (Method->isStatic()) 12951 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 12952 } 12953 12954 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 12955 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 12956 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 12957 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 12958 // Find the scope in which the identifier is injected and the corresponding 12959 // DeclContext. 12960 // FIXME: C89 does not say what happens if there is no enclosing block scope. 12961 // In that case, we inject the declaration into the translation unit scope 12962 // instead. 12963 Scope *BlockScope = S; 12964 while (!BlockScope->isCompoundStmtScope() && BlockScope->getParent()) 12965 BlockScope = BlockScope->getParent(); 12966 12967 Scope *ContextScope = BlockScope; 12968 while (!ContextScope->getEntity()) 12969 ContextScope = ContextScope->getParent(); 12970 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, ContextScope->getEntity()); 12971 12972 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 12973 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 12974 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 12975 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 12976 NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II); 12977 if (ExternCPrev) { 12978 // We still need to inject the function into the enclosing block scope so 12979 // that later (non-call) uses can see it. 12980 PushOnScopeChains(ExternCPrev, BlockScope, /*AddToContext*/false); 12981 12982 // C89 footnote 38: 12983 // If in fact it is not defined as having type "function returning int", 12984 // the behavior is undefined. 12985 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(ExternCPrev) || 12986 !Context.typesAreCompatible( 12987 cast<FunctionDecl>(ExternCPrev)->getType(), 12988 Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Context.IntTy))) { 12989 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_use_out_of_scope_declaration) 12990 << ExternCPrev << !getLangOpts().C99; 12991 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12992 return ExternCPrev; 12993 } 12994 } 12995 12996 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 12997 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.u - Implicit function declaration is not supported. 12998 unsigned diag_id; 12999 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 13000 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 13001 else if (getLangOpts().C99 || getLangOpts().OpenCL) 13002 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 13003 else 13004 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 13005 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II << getLangOpts().OpenCL; 13006 13007 // If we found a prior declaration of this function, don't bother building 13008 // another one. We've already pushed that one into scope, so there's nothing 13009 // more to do. 13010 if (ExternCPrev) 13011 return ExternCPrev; 13012 13013 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 13014 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 13015 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 13016 TypoCorrection Corrected; 13017 if (S && 13018 (Corrected = CorrectTypo( 13019 DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr, 13020 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl>>(), CTK_NonError))) 13021 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion), 13022 /*ErrorRecovery*/false); 13023 } 13024 13025 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 13026 const char *Dummy; 13027 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 13028 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 13029 unsigned DiagID; 13030 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID, 13031 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 13032 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 13033 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 13034 SourceLocation NoLoc; 13035 Declarator D(DS, DeclaratorContext::BlockContext); 13036 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 13037 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 13038 /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 13039 /*Params=*/nullptr, 13040 /*NumParams=*/0, 13041 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 13042 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 13043 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 13044 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 13045 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 13046 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 13047 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 13048 /*RestrictQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 13049 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 13050 EST_None, 13051 /*ESpecRange=*/SourceRange(), 13052 /*Exceptions=*/nullptr, 13053 /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr, 13054 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 13055 /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr, 13056 /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr, 13057 /*DeclsInPrototype=*/None, 13058 Loc, Loc, D), 13059 DS.getAttributes(), 13060 SourceLocation()); 13061 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 13062 13063 // Insert this function into the enclosing block scope. 13064 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(BlockScope, D)); 13065 FD->setImplicit(); 13066 13067 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 13068 13069 return FD; 13070 } 13071 13072 /// Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 13073 /// the declaration of this function. 13074 /// 13075 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 13076 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 13077 /// like NSLog or printf. 13078 /// 13079 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 13080 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 13081 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 13082 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 13083 return; 13084 13085 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 13086 // actual attributes. 13087 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 13088 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 13089 unsigned FormatIdx; 13090 bool HasVAListArg; 13091 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 13092 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 13093 const char *fmt = "printf"; 13094 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 13095 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 13096 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 13097 fmt = "NSString"; 13098 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 13099 &Context.Idents.get(fmt), 13100 FormatIdx+1, 13101 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 13102 FD->getLocation())); 13103 } 13104 } 13105 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 13106 HasVAListArg)) { 13107 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 13108 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 13109 &Context.Idents.get("scanf"), 13110 FormatIdx+1, 13111 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 13112 FD->getLocation())); 13113 } 13114 13115 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only thing 13116 // preventing the function from being const. This allows IRgen to use LLVM 13117 // intrinsics for such functions. 13118 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>() && 13119 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) 13120 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 13121 13122 // We make "fma" on some platforms const because we know it does not set 13123 // errno in those environments even though it could set errno based on the 13124 // C standard. 13125 const llvm::Triple &Trip = Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple(); 13126 if ((Trip.isGNUEnvironment() || Trip.isAndroid() || Trip.isOSMSVCRT()) && 13127 !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) { 13128 switch (BuiltinID) { 13129 case Builtin::BI__builtin_fma: 13130 case Builtin::BI__builtin_fmaf: 13131 case Builtin::BI__builtin_fmal: 13132 case Builtin::BIfma: 13133 case Builtin::BIfmaf: 13134 case Builtin::BIfmal: 13135 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 13136 break; 13137 default: 13138 break; 13139 } 13140 } 13141 13142 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 13143 !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 13144 FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 13145 FD->getLocation())); 13146 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 13147 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 13148 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPure(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<PureAttr>()) 13149 FD->addAttr(PureAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 13150 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 13151 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 13152 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && Context.BuiltinInfo.isTSBuiltin(BuiltinID) && 13153 !FD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() && !FD->hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()) { 13154 // Add the appropriate attribute, depending on the CUDA compilation mode 13155 // and which target the builtin belongs to. For example, during host 13156 // compilation, aux builtins are __device__, while the rest are __host__. 13157 if (getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice != 13158 Context.BuiltinInfo.isAuxBuiltinID(BuiltinID)) 13159 FD->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 13160 else 13161 FD->addAttr(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 13162 } 13163 } 13164 13165 // If C++ exceptions are enabled but we are told extern "C" functions cannot 13166 // throw, add an implicit nothrow attribute to any extern "C" function we come 13167 // across. 13168 if (getLangOpts().CXXExceptions && getLangOpts().ExternCNoUnwind && 13169 FD->isExternC() && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) { 13170 const auto *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 13171 if (!FPT || FPT->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) 13172 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 13173 } 13174 13175 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 13176 if (!Name) 13177 return; 13178 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 13179 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 13180 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 13181 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 13182 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 13183 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 13184 // about. 13185 } else 13186 return; 13187 13188 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 13189 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 13190 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 13191 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 13192 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 13193 &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2, 13194 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3, 13195 FD->getLocation())); 13196 } 13197 13198 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 13199 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 13200 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 13201 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 13202 FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, ParamIdx(1, FD), 13203 FD->getLocation())); 13204 } 13205 } 13206 13207 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 13208 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 13209 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 13210 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 13211 13212 if (!TInfo) { 13213 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 13214 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 13215 } 13216 13217 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 13218 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 13219 D.getLocStart(), 13220 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 13221 D.getIdentifier(), 13222 TInfo); 13223 13224 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 13225 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 13226 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 13227 return NewTD; 13228 } 13229 13230 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 13231 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 13232 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 13233 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 13234 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 13235 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 13236 else 13237 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 13238 } 13239 13240 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 13241 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 13242 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 13243 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 13244 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 13245 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 13246 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 13247 case TST_enum: 13248 case TST_struct: 13249 case TST_interface: 13250 case TST_union: 13251 case TST_class: { 13252 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 13253 setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 13254 break; 13255 } 13256 13257 default: 13258 break; 13259 } 13260 13261 return NewTD; 13262 } 13263 13264 /// Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 13265 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 13266 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 13267 QualType T = TI->getType(); 13268 13269 if (T->isDependentType()) 13270 return false; 13271 13272 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 13273 if (BT->isInteger()) 13274 return false; 13275 13276 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 13277 return true; 13278 } 13279 13280 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 13281 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 13282 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 13283 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, bool IsFixed, 13284 const EnumDecl *Prev) { 13285 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 13286 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 13287 << Prev->isScoped(); 13288 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 13289 return true; 13290 } 13291 13292 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 13293 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 13294 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 13295 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 13296 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 13297 // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration. 13298 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 13299 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 13300 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) 13301 << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange(); 13302 return true; 13303 } 13304 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 13305 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 13306 << Prev->isFixed(); 13307 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 13308 return true; 13309 } 13310 13311 return false; 13312 } 13313 13314 /// Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 13315 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 13316 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 13317 /// 13318 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 13319 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 13320 switch (Tag) { 13321 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 13322 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 13323 case TTK_Class: return 2; 13324 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 13325 } 13326 } 13327 13328 /// Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 13329 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 13330 /// 13331 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 13332 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 13333 { 13334 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 13335 } 13336 13337 Sema::NonTagKind Sema::getNonTagTypeDeclKind(const Decl *PrevDecl, 13338 TagTypeKind TTK) { 13339 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) 13340 return NTK_Typedef; 13341 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) 13342 return NTK_TypeAlias; 13343 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) 13344 return NTK_Template; 13345 else if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) 13346 return NTK_TypeAliasTemplate; 13347 else if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(PrevDecl)) 13348 return NTK_TemplateTemplateArgument; 13349 switch (TTK) { 13350 case TTK_Struct: 13351 case TTK_Interface: 13352 case TTK_Class: 13353 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? NTK_NonClass : NTK_NonStruct; 13354 case TTK_Union: 13355 return NTK_NonUnion; 13356 case TTK_Enum: 13357 return NTK_NonEnum; 13358 } 13359 llvm_unreachable("invalid TTK"); 13360 } 13361 13362 /// Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 13363 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 13364 /// 13365 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 13366 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 13367 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 13368 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 13369 const IdentifierInfo *Name) { 13370 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 13371 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 13372 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 13373 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 13374 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 13375 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 13376 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 13377 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 13378 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 13379 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 13380 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 13381 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 13382 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 13383 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 13384 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 13385 if (OldTag == NewTag) 13386 return true; 13387 13388 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 13389 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 13390 bool isTemplate = false; 13391 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 13392 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 13393 13394 if (inTemplateInstantiation()) { 13395 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 13396 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 13397 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 13398 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 13399 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 13400 return true; 13401 } 13402 13403 if (isDefinition) { 13404 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 13405 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 13406 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 13407 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 13408 return true; 13409 } 13410 13411 bool previousMismatch = false; 13412 for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) { 13413 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 13414 if (!previousMismatch) { 13415 previousMismatch = true; 13416 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 13417 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 13418 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 13419 } 13420 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 13421 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 13422 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 13423 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 13424 } 13425 } 13426 return true; 13427 } 13428 13429 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 13430 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 13431 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 13432 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 13433 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 13434 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 13435 return true; 13436 } 13437 13438 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 13439 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 13440 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 13441 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 13442 13443 // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it. 13444 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 13445 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 13446 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 13447 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 13448 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 13449 } 13450 13451 return true; 13452 } 13453 return false; 13454 } 13455 13456 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name 13457 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration. 13458 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet: 13459 /// namespace N { 13460 /// struct X; 13461 /// namespace M { 13462 /// struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; }; 13463 /// } 13464 /// } 13465 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S, 13466 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 13467 // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see 13468 // if we get the same namespace back. If we do not, continue until 13469 // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS. 13470 SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces; 13471 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 13472 for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) { 13473 // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by 13474 // other namespaces. Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain. 13475 NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 13476 if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace()) 13477 return FixItHint(); 13478 IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier(); 13479 Namespaces.push_back(II); 13480 NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName( 13481 S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName); 13482 if (Lookup == Namespace) 13483 break; 13484 } 13485 13486 // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and 13487 // build an NNS. 13488 SmallString<64> Insertion; 13489 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion); 13490 if (DC->isTranslationUnit()) 13491 OS << "::"; 13492 std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end()); 13493 for (auto *II : Namespaces) 13494 OS << II->getName() << "::"; 13495 return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion); 13496 } 13497 13498 /// Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can 13499 /// be redeclared with an unqualified name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup 13500 /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a 13501 /// using-declaration). 13502 static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC, 13503 DeclContext *NewDC) { 13504 OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext(); 13505 NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext(); 13506 13507 if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC)) 13508 return true; 13509 13510 // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either 13511 // encloses the other). 13512 if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && 13513 (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC))) 13514 return true; 13515 13516 return false; 13517 } 13518 13519 /// This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 13520 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 13521 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 13522 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 13523 /// 13524 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or 13525 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration. 13526 /// 13527 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should 13528 /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration. 13529 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 13530 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 13531 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 13532 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 13533 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 13534 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 13535 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 13536 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 13537 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 13538 TypeResult UnderlyingType, 13539 bool IsTypeSpecifier, bool IsTemplateParamOrArg, 13540 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 13541 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 13542 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 13543 assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 13544 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 13545 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 13546 13547 OwnedDecl = false; 13548 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 13549 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 13550 13551 // FIXME: Check member specializations more carefully. 13552 bool isMemberSpecialization = false; 13553 bool Invalid = false; 13554 13555 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 13556 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 13557 // for non-C++ cases. 13558 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 13559 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 13560 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 13561 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 13562 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists, 13563 TUK == TUK_Friend, isMemberSpecialization, Invalid)) { 13564 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 13565 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 13566 return nullptr; 13567 } 13568 13569 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 13570 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 13571 // be a member of another template). 13572 13573 if (Invalid) 13574 return nullptr; 13575 13576 OwnedDecl = false; 13577 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 13578 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 13579 TemplateParams, AS, 13580 ModulePrivateLoc, 13581 /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(), 13582 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 13583 TemplateParameterLists.data(), 13584 SkipBody); 13585 return Result.get(); 13586 } else { 13587 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 13588 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 13589 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 13590 isMemberSpecialization = true; 13591 } 13592 } 13593 } 13594 13595 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 13596 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 13597 // redeclaration. 13598 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 13599 bool IsFixed = !UnderlyingType.isUnset() || ScopedEnum; 13600 13601 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 13602 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) { 13603 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 13604 // type, default to int. 13605 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 13606 } else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 13607 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 13608 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 13609 TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr; 13610 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 13611 EnumUnderlying = TI; 13612 13613 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 13614 // Recover by falling back to int. 13615 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 13616 13617 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 13618 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 13619 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 13620 13621 } else if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 13622 // For MSVC ABI compatibility, unfixed enums must use an underlying type 13623 // of 'int'. However, if this is an unfixed forward declaration, don't set 13624 // the underlying type unless the user enables -fms-compatibility. This 13625 // makes unfixed forward declared enums incomplete and is more conforming. 13626 if (TUK == TUK_Definition || getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 13627 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 13628 } 13629 } 13630 13631 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 13632 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 13633 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 13634 bool isStdAlignValT = false; 13635 13636 RedeclarationKind Redecl = forRedeclarationInCurContext(); 13637 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 13638 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 13639 13640 /// Create a new tag decl in C/ObjC. Since the ODR-like semantics for ObjC/C 13641 /// implemented asks for structural equivalence checking, the returned decl 13642 /// here is passed back to the parser, allowing the tag body to be parsed. 13643 auto createTagFromNewDecl = [&]() -> TagDecl * { 13644 assert(!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "not meant for C++ usage"); 13645 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 13646 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 13647 // keyword. 13648 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 13649 TagDecl *New = nullptr; 13650 13651 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 13652 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, nullptr, 13653 ScopedEnum, ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, IsFixed); 13654 // If this is an undefined enum, bail. 13655 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) 13656 return nullptr; 13657 if (EnumUnderlying) { 13658 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 13659 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo *>()) 13660 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 13661 else 13662 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type *>(), 0)); 13663 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 13664 } 13665 } else { // struct/union 13666 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 13667 nullptr); 13668 } 13669 13670 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 13671 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked 13672 // when the ASTContext lays out the structure. 13673 // 13674 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 13675 // happen here (in ActOnTag). The #pragma pack stack is 13676 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 13677 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 13678 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 13679 // parsing of the struct). 13680 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 13681 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 13682 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 13683 } 13684 } 13685 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 13686 return New; 13687 }; 13688 13689 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 13690 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 13691 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 13692 13693 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 13694 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 13695 Name = nullptr; 13696 goto CreateNewDecl; 13697 } 13698 13699 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 13700 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 13701 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 13702 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 13703 if (!DC) { 13704 IsDependent = true; 13705 return nullptr; 13706 } 13707 } else { 13708 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 13709 if (!DC) { 13710 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 13711 << SS.getRange(); 13712 return nullptr; 13713 } 13714 } 13715 13716 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 13717 return nullptr; 13718 13719 SearchDC = DC; 13720 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 13721 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 13722 13723 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 13724 return nullptr; 13725 13726 if (Previous.empty()) { 13727 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 13728 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 13729 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 13730 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 13731 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 13732 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 13733 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 13734 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 13735 IsDependent = true; 13736 return nullptr; 13737 } 13738 13739 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 13740 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 13741 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 13742 Name = nullptr; 13743 Invalid = true; 13744 goto CreateNewDecl; 13745 } 13746 } else if (Name) { 13747 // C++14 [class.mem]p14: 13748 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 13749 // name different from T: 13750 // -- every member of class T that is itself a type 13751 if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 13752 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc))) 13753 return nullptr; 13754 13755 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 13756 // declaration or definition. 13757 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 13758 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 13759 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 13760 LookupName(Previous, S); 13761 13762 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 13763 // by types using'ed into this scope. 13764 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 13765 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 13766 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 13767 while (F.hasNext()) { 13768 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 13769 if (!ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 13770 SearchDC->getRedeclContext())) 13771 F.erase(); 13772 } 13773 F.done(); 13774 } 13775 13776 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 13777 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 13778 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 13779 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 13780 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 13781 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 13782 // 13783 // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag 13784 // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing 13785 // scope. They do implement this rule for friend functions. 13786 // 13787 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 13788 // semantic context? 13789 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 13790 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 13791 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 13792 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 13793 while (F.hasNext()) { 13794 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 13795 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 13796 if (DC->isFileContext() && 13797 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 13798 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 13799 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 13800 else 13801 F.erase(); 13802 } 13803 } 13804 F.done(); 13805 13806 // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have 13807 // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace. 13808 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) { 13809 NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 13810 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace) 13811 << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc); 13812 } 13813 } 13814 13815 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 13816 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 13817 return nullptr; 13818 13819 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 13820 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 13821 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 13822 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 13823 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 13824 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 13825 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 13826 } 13827 } 13828 13829 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 13830 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 13831 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 13832 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 13833 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 13834 Previous.clear(); 13835 } 13836 13837 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 13838 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace())) { 13839 if (Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 13840 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 13841 isStdBadAlloc = true; 13842 13843 // If std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 13844 // name lookup), fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 13845 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 13846 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) 13847 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 13848 } else if (Name->isStr("align_val_t")) { 13849 isStdAlignValT = true; 13850 if (Previous.empty() && StdAlignValT) 13851 Previous.addDecl(getStdAlignValT()); 13852 } 13853 } 13854 13855 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 13856 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 13857 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 13858 // there's a shadow friend decl. 13859 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 13860 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || IsTemplateParamOrArg)) { 13861 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 13862 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 13863 13864 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || IsTemplateParamOrArg) { 13865 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 13866 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 13867 // 13868 // class-key identifier 13869 // 13870 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 13871 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 13872 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 13873 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 13874 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 13875 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 13876 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 13877 // declaration. 13878 // 13879 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 13880 // C structs and unions. 13881 // 13882 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 13883 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 13884 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 13885 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 13886 // 13887 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 13888 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 13889 // 13890 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 13891 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 13892 // lexical context, 13893 SearchDC = getTagInjectionContext(SearchDC); 13894 13895 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 13896 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); 13897 } else { 13898 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 13899 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 13900 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 13901 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 13902 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 13903 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 13904 } 13905 13906 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 13907 // diagnose some problems. 13908 // FIXME: redeclaration lookup is also used (with and without C++) to find a 13909 // hidden declaration so that we don't get ambiguity errors when using a 13910 // type declared by an elaborated-type-specifier. In C that is not correct 13911 // and we should instead merge compatible types found by lookup. 13912 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13913 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(forRedeclarationInCurContext()); 13914 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 13915 } else { 13916 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(forRedeclarationInCurContext()); 13917 LookupName(Previous, S); 13918 } 13919 } 13920 13921 // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it. 13922 if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous) 13923 Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous); 13924 13925 if (!Previous.empty()) { 13926 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 13927 NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 13928 13929 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 13930 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 13931 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 13932 // in C++. 13933 // 13934 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 13935 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 13936 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 13937 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 13938 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13939 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13940 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 13941 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 13942 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 13943 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 13944 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 13945 PrevDecl = Tag; 13946 Previous.clear(); 13947 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 13948 Previous.resolveKind(); 13949 } 13950 } 13951 } 13952 } 13953 13954 // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must 13955 // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a 13956 // redefinition if either context is within the other. 13957 if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) { 13958 auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl); 13959 if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 13960 isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isMemberSpecialization) && 13961 !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext( 13962 *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) { 13963 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 13964 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 13965 diag::note_using_decl_target); 13966 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) 13967 << 0; 13968 // Recover by ignoring the old declaration. 13969 Previous.clear(); 13970 goto CreateNewDecl; 13971 } 13972 } 13973 13974 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13975 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 13976 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 13977 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 13978 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 13979 isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 13980 SS.isNotEmpty() || isMemberSpecialization)) { 13981 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 13982 // struct or something similar. 13983 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 13984 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 13985 Name)) { 13986 bool SafeToContinue 13987 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 13988 Kind != TTK_Enum); 13989 if (SafeToContinue) 13990 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 13991 << Name 13992 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 13993 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 13994 else 13995 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 13996 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 13997 13998 if (SafeToContinue) 13999 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 14000 else { 14001 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 14002 Name = nullptr; 14003 Previous.clear(); 14004 Invalid = true; 14005 } 14006 } 14007 14008 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 14009 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 14010 14011 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 14012 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 14013 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 14014 if (ScopedEnum) 14015 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 14016 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 14017 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 14018 return PrevTagDecl; 14019 } 14020 14021 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 14022 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 14023 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 14024 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 14025 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 14026 14027 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 14028 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 14029 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 14030 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 14031 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, 14032 IsFixed, PrevEnum)) 14033 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr; 14034 } 14035 14036 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 14037 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 14038 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 14039 // and then later defined. 14040 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 14041 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 14042 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 14043 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 14044 } 14045 14046 if (!Invalid) { 14047 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless 14048 // we have attributes. 14049 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 14050 if (Attr) { 14051 // FIXME: Diagnose these attributes. For now, we create a new 14052 // declaration to hold them. 14053 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference && 14054 (PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() == 14055 Decl::FOK_Undeclared || 14056 PrevDecl->getOwningModule() != getCurrentModule()) && 14057 SS.isEmpty()) { 14058 // This declaration is a reference to an existing entity, but 14059 // has different visibility from that entity: it either makes 14060 // a friend visible or it makes a type visible in a new module. 14061 // In either case, create a new declaration. We only do this if 14062 // the declaration would have meant the same thing if no prior 14063 // declaration were found, that is, if it was found in the same 14064 // scope where we would have injected a declaration. 14065 if (!getTagInjectionContext(CurContext)->getRedeclContext() 14066 ->Equals(PrevDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 14067 return PrevTagDecl; 14068 // This is in the injected scope, create a new declaration in 14069 // that scope. 14070 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); 14071 } else { 14072 return PrevTagDecl; 14073 } 14074 } 14075 14076 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 14077 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 14078 if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 14079 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 14080 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 14081 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 14082 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 14083 if (isMemberSpecialization) { 14084 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 14085 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 14086 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 14087 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 14088 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 14089 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 14090 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 14091 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 14092 } 14093 14094 // Note that clang allows ODR-like semantics for ObjC/C, i.e., do 14095 // not keep more that one definition around (merge them). However, 14096 // ensure the decl passes the structural compatibility check in 14097 // C11 6.2.7/1 (or 6.1.2.6/1 in C89). 14098 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 14099 if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) { 14100 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We 14101 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and 14102 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one 14103 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and 14104 // use it in place of this one. 14105 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14106 // Postpone making the old definition visible until after we 14107 // complete parsing the new one and do the structural 14108 // comparison. 14109 SkipBody->CheckSameAsPrevious = true; 14110 SkipBody->New = createTagFromNewDecl(); 14111 SkipBody->Previous = Hidden; 14112 } else { 14113 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 14114 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden); 14115 } 14116 return Def; 14117 } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 14118 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 14119 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 14120 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 14121 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 14122 else 14123 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 14124 notePreviousDefinition(Def, 14125 NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc); 14126 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 14127 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 14128 // references get the previous definition. 14129 Name = nullptr; 14130 Previous.clear(); 14131 Invalid = true; 14132 } 14133 } else { 14134 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 14135 // about a nested redefinition. 14136 auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl(); 14137 if (TD->isBeingDefined()) { 14138 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 14139 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 14140 diag::note_previous_definition); 14141 Name = nullptr; 14142 Previous.clear(); 14143 Invalid = true; 14144 } 14145 } 14146 14147 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 14148 // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 14149 } 14150 14151 // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration. If this is some kind 14152 // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC 14153 // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier. 14154 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 14155 SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext(); 14156 AS = AS_none; 14157 } 14158 } 14159 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 14160 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 14161 14162 } else { 14163 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 14164 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 14165 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 14166 // have distinct types. 14167 Previous.clear(); 14168 } 14169 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 14170 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 14171 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 14172 14173 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 14174 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 14175 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 14176 } else { 14177 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 14178 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 14179 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 14180 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 14181 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 14182 NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl, Kind); 14183 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << PrevDecl << NTK 14184 << Kind; 14185 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 14186 Invalid = true; 14187 14188 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 14189 } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 14190 SS.isNotEmpty() || isMemberSpecialization)) { 14191 // do nothing 14192 14193 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 14194 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 14195 NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl, Kind); 14196 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << NTK; 14197 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 14198 Invalid = true; 14199 14200 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 14201 // case here. 14202 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 14203 unsigned Kind = 0; 14204 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 14205 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 14206 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 14207 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 14208 Invalid = true; 14209 14210 // Otherwise, diagnose. 14211 } else { 14212 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 14213 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 14214 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 14215 notePreviousDefinition(PrevDecl, NameLoc); 14216 Name = nullptr; 14217 Invalid = true; 14218 } 14219 14220 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 14221 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 14222 Previous.clear(); 14223 } 14224 } 14225 14226 CreateNewDecl: 14227 14228 TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 14229 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 14230 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 14231 14232 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 14233 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 14234 // keyword. 14235 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 14236 14237 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 14238 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 14239 // PrevDecl. 14240 TagDecl *New; 14241 14242 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 14243 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 14244 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 14245 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 14246 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 14247 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, IsFixed); 14248 14249 if (isStdAlignValT && (!StdAlignValT || getStdAlignValT()->isImplicit())) 14250 StdAlignValT = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 14251 14252 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 14253 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 14254 TagDecl *Def; 14255 if (IsFixed && (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && 14256 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 14257 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 14258 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 14259 } 14260 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 14261 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 14262 << New; 14263 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 14264 } else { 14265 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 14266 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 14267 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 14268 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14269 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 14270 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 14271 } 14272 } 14273 14274 if (EnumUnderlying) { 14275 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 14276 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 14277 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 14278 else 14279 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 14280 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 14281 assert(ED->isComplete() && "enum with type should be complete"); 14282 } 14283 } else { 14284 // struct/union/class 14285 14286 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 14287 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 14288 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14289 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 14290 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 14291 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 14292 14293 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 14294 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 14295 } else 14296 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 14297 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 14298 } 14299 14300 // C++11 [dcl.type]p3: 14301 // A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...]. 14302 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && (IsTypeSpecifier || IsTemplateParamOrArg) && 14303 TUK == TUK_Definition) { 14304 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier) 14305 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 14306 Invalid = true; 14307 } 14308 14309 if (!Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK == TUK_Definition && 14310 DC->getDeclKind() == Decl::Enum) { 14311 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_enum) 14312 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 14313 Invalid = true; 14314 } 14315 14316 // Maybe add qualifier info. 14317 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 14318 if (SS.isSet()) { 14319 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 14320 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. 14321 if ((TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 14322 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc, 14323 isMemberSpecialization)) 14324 Invalid = true; 14325 14326 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 14327 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 14328 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParameterLists); 14329 } 14330 } 14331 else 14332 Invalid = true; 14333 } 14334 14335 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 14336 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 14337 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 14338 // 14339 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 14340 // happen here (in ActOnTag). The #pragma pack stack is 14341 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 14342 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 14343 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 14344 // parsing of the struct). 14345 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 14346 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 14347 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 14348 } 14349 } 14350 14351 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 14352 if (isMemberSpecialization) 14353 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 14354 << 2 14355 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 14356 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 14357 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 14358 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 14359 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 14360 New->setModulePrivate(); 14361 } 14362 14363 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 14364 // check the specialization. 14365 if (isMemberSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 14366 Invalid = true; 14367 14368 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C, 14369 // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to 14370 // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 14371 if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) && 14372 getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 14373 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14374 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 14375 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 14376 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) { 14377 Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 14378 << Name; 14379 Invalid = true; 14380 } 14381 } else if (!PrevDecl) { 14382 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 14383 } 14384 } 14385 14386 if (Invalid) 14387 New->setInvalidDecl(); 14388 14389 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 14390 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 14391 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 14392 14393 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 14394 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 14395 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 14396 // the tag name visible. 14397 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 14398 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat); 14399 14400 // Set the access specifier. 14401 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 14402 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 14403 14404 if (PrevDecl) 14405 CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(New, PrevDecl); 14406 14407 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 14408 New->startDefinition(); 14409 14410 if (Attr) 14411 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 14412 AddPragmaAttributes(S, New); 14413 14414 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 14415 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 14416 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 14417 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 14418 if (PrevDecl) 14419 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 14420 14421 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 14422 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 14423 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 14424 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 14425 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 14426 } else if (Name) { 14427 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 14428 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, true); 14429 } else { 14430 CurContext->addDecl(New); 14431 } 14432 14433 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 14434 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 14435 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 14436 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 14437 II->isStr("FILE")) 14438 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 14439 14440 if (PrevDecl) 14441 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 14442 14443 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 14444 // record. 14445 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 14446 14447 if (isMemberSpecialization && !New->isInvalidDecl()) 14448 CompleteMemberSpecialization(New, Previous); 14449 14450 OwnedDecl = true; 14451 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 14452 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 14453 if (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14454 if (New->isBeingDefined()) 14455 if (auto RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) 14456 RD->completeDefinition(); 14457 return nullptr; 14458 } else { 14459 return New; 14460 } 14461 } 14462 14463 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 14464 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 14465 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 14466 14467 // Enter the tag context. 14468 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 14469 14470 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 14471 14472 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 14473 // record. 14474 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 14475 } 14476 14477 bool Sema::ActOnDuplicateDefinition(DeclSpec &DS, Decl *Prev, 14478 SkipBodyInfo &SkipBody) { 14479 if (!hasStructuralCompatLayout(Prev, SkipBody.New)) 14480 return false; 14481 14482 // Make the previous decl visible. 14483 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(SkipBody.Previous); 14484 return true; 14485 } 14486 14487 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 14488 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 14489 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 14490 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 14491 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 14492 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 14493 CurContext = OCD; 14494 return IDecl; 14495 } 14496 14497 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 14498 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 14499 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, 14500 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 14501 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 14502 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 14503 14504 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 14505 14506 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 14507 return; 14508 14509 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 14510 Record->addAttr(new (Context) 14511 FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed)); 14512 14513 // C++ [class]p2: 14514 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 14515 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 14516 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 14517 // as if it were a public member name. 14518 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 14519 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 14520 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 14521 Record->getIdentifier(), 14522 /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr, 14523 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 14524 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 14525 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 14526 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 14527 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 14528 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 14529 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 14530 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 14531 "Broken injected-class-name"); 14532 } 14533 14534 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 14535 SourceRange BraceRange) { 14536 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 14537 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 14538 Tag->setBraceRange(BraceRange); 14539 14540 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 14541 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 14542 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 14543 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 14544 RD->completeDefinition(); 14545 } 14546 14547 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 14548 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 14549 } 14550 14551 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 14552 PopDeclContext(); 14553 14554 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 14555 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 14556 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 14557 14558 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 14559 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 14560 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 14561 } 14562 14563 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 14564 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 14565 PopDeclContext(); 14566 } 14567 14568 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 14569 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 14570 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 14571 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 14572 } 14573 14574 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 14575 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 14576 OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr; 14577 } 14578 14579 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 14580 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 14581 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 14582 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 14583 14584 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 14585 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 14586 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 14587 RD->completeDefinition(); 14588 } 14589 14590 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 14591 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 14592 // the FieldCollector. 14593 14594 PopDeclContext(); 14595 } 14596 14597 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 14598 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 14599 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 14600 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 14601 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { 14602 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 14603 if (ZeroWidth) 14604 *ZeroWidth = true; 14605 14606 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 14607 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 14608 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 14609 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 14610 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 14611 return ExprError(); 14612 if (FieldName) 14613 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 14614 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 14615 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 14616 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 14617 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 14618 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 14619 return ExprError(); 14620 14621 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 14622 // it now. 14623 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 14624 return BitWidth; 14625 14626 llvm::APSInt Value; 14627 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 14628 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 14629 return ICE; 14630 BitWidth = ICE.get(); 14631 14632 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 14633 *ZeroWidth = false; 14634 14635 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 14636 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 14637 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 14638 14639 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 14640 if (FieldName) 14641 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 14642 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 14643 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 14644 << Value.toString(10); 14645 } 14646 14647 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 14648 uint64_t TypeStorageSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 14649 uint64_t TypeWidth = Context.getIntWidth(FieldTy); 14650 bool BitfieldIsOverwide = Value.ugt(TypeWidth); 14651 14652 // Over-wide bitfields are an error in C or when using the MSVC bitfield 14653 // ABI. 14654 bool CStdConstraintViolation = 14655 BitfieldIsOverwide && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 14656 bool MSBitfieldViolation = 14657 Value.ugt(TypeStorageSize) && 14658 (IsMsStruct || Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()); 14659 if (CStdConstraintViolation || MSBitfieldViolation) { 14660 unsigned DiagWidth = 14661 CStdConstraintViolation ? TypeWidth : TypeStorageSize; 14662 if (FieldName) 14663 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 14664 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 14665 << !CStdConstraintViolation << DiagWidth; 14666 14667 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 14668 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << !CStdConstraintViolation 14669 << DiagWidth; 14670 } 14671 14672 // Warn on types where the user might conceivably expect to get all 14673 // specified bits as value bits: that's all integral types other than 14674 // 'bool'. 14675 if (BitfieldIsOverwide && !FieldTy->isBooleanType()) { 14676 if (FieldName) 14677 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 14678 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 14679 << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 14680 else 14681 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 14682 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 14683 } 14684 } 14685 14686 return BitWidth; 14687 } 14688 14689 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 14690 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 14691 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 14692 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 14693 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 14694 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 14695 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 14696 return Res; 14697 } 14698 14699 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 14700 /// 14701 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 14702 SourceLocation DeclStart, 14703 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 14704 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 14705 AccessSpecifier AS) { 14706 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 14707 const DecompositionDeclarator &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator(); 14708 Diag(Decomp.getLSquareLoc(), diag::err_decomp_decl_context) 14709 << Decomp.getSourceRange(); 14710 return nullptr; 14711 } 14712 14713 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 14714 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 14715 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 14716 14717 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 14718 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 14719 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14720 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 14721 14722 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 14723 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 14724 D.setInvalidType(); 14725 T = Context.IntTy; 14726 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 14727 } 14728 } 14729 14730 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 14731 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace() || 14732 T->isDependentAddressSpaceType() || 14733 T->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->isDependentAddressSpaceType()) { 14734 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 14735 D.setInvalidType(); 14736 } 14737 14738 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9b,r & OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The following types cannot be 14739 // used as structure or union field: image, sampler, event or block types. 14740 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && (T->isEventT() || T->isImageType() || 14741 T->isSamplerT() || T->isBlockPointerType())) { 14742 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_type_struct_or_union_field) << T; 14743 D.setInvalidType(); 14744 } 14745 14746 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 14747 14748 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 14749 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 14750 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17; 14751 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 14752 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 14753 diag::err_invalid_thread) 14754 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 14755 14756 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 14757 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 14758 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 14759 ForVisibleRedeclaration); 14760 LookupName(Previous, S); 14761 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 14762 case LookupResult::Found: 14763 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 14764 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 14765 break; 14766 14767 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 14768 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 14769 break; 14770 14771 case LookupResult::NotFound: 14772 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 14773 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 14774 break; 14775 } 14776 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 14777 14778 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 14779 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 14780 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 14781 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 14782 PrevDecl = nullptr; 14783 } 14784 14785 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 14786 PrevDecl = nullptr; 14787 14788 bool Mutable 14789 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 14790 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 14791 FieldDecl *NewFD 14792 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 14793 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 14794 14795 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 14796 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 14797 14798 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 14799 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 14800 14801 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 14802 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 14803 // with the same name in the same scope. 14804 } else if (II) { 14805 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 14806 } else 14807 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 14808 14809 return NewFD; 14810 } 14811 14812 /// Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 14813 /// 14814 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 14815 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 14816 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 14817 /// created. 14818 /// 14819 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 14820 /// 14821 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 14822 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 14823 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 14824 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 14825 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 14826 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 14827 SourceLocation TSSL, 14828 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 14829 Declarator *D) { 14830 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 14831 bool InvalidDecl = false; 14832 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 14833 14834 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 14835 // marking this declaration as invalid. 14836 if (T.isNull()) { 14837 InvalidDecl = true; 14838 T = Context.IntTy; 14839 } 14840 14841 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 14842 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 14843 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 14844 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 14845 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 14846 InvalidDecl = true; 14847 } else { 14848 NamedDecl *Def; 14849 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 14850 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 14851 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 14852 InvalidDecl = true; 14853 } 14854 } 14855 } 14856 14857 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 14858 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 14859 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 14860 InvalidDecl = true; 14861 } 14862 14863 // Anonymous bit-fields cannot be cv-qualified (CWG 2229). 14864 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !II && BitWidth && 14865 T.hasQualifiers()) { 14866 InvalidDecl = true; 14867 Diag(Loc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_qualifiers); 14868 } 14869 14870 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 14871 // than a variably modified type. 14872 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 14873 bool SizeIsNegative; 14874 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 14875 14876 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 14877 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 14878 SizeIsNegative, 14879 Oversized); 14880 if (FixedTInfo) { 14881 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 14882 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 14883 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 14884 } else { 14885 if (SizeIsNegative) 14886 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 14887 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 14888 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 14889 << Oversized.toString(10); 14890 else 14891 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 14892 InvalidDecl = true; 14893 } 14894 } 14895 14896 // Fields can not have abstract class types 14897 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 14898 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 14899 AbstractFieldType)) 14900 InvalidDecl = true; 14901 14902 bool ZeroWidth = false; 14903 if (InvalidDecl) 14904 BitWidth = nullptr; 14905 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 14906 if (BitWidth) { 14907 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, 14908 &ZeroWidth).get(); 14909 if (!BitWidth) { 14910 InvalidDecl = true; 14911 BitWidth = nullptr; 14912 ZeroWidth = false; 14913 } 14914 } 14915 14916 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 14917 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 14918 unsigned DiagID = 0; 14919 if (T->isReferenceType()) 14920 DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference 14921 : diag::err_mutable_reference; 14922 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 14923 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 14924 14925 if (DiagID) { 14926 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 14927 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 14928 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 14929 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 14930 if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) { 14931 Mutable = false; 14932 InvalidDecl = true; 14933 } 14934 } 14935 } 14936 14937 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 14938 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 14939 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 14940 if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit) 14941 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc); 14942 14943 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 14944 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 14945 if (InvalidDecl) 14946 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 14947 14948 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 14949 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 14950 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 14951 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 14952 } 14953 14954 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14955 if (Record->isUnion()) { 14956 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 14957 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 14958 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 14959 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 14960 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 14961 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 14962 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 14963 // objects. 14964 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 14965 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 14966 } 14967 } 14968 14969 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 14970 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 14971 // enabled. 14972 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 14973 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 14974 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 14975 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 14976 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 14977 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 14978 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 14979 } 14980 } 14981 } 14982 14983 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 14984 // representation, not a parser representation. 14985 if (D) { 14986 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 14987 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 14988 14989 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 14990 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 14991 } 14992 14993 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 14994 // retainable type. 14995 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 14996 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 14997 14998 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 14999 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 15000 15001 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 15002 return NewFD; 15003 } 15004 15005 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 15006 assert(FD); 15007 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 15008 15009 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 15010 return false; 15011 15012 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 15013 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 15014 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 15015 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 15016 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 15017 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 15018 // copy constructors. 15019 15020 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 15021 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 15022 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 15023 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 15024 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 15025 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 15026 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 15027 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 15028 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 15029 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 15030 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 15031 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 15032 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 15033 member = CXXDestructor; 15034 15035 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 15036 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 15037 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 15038 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 15039 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 15040 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 15041 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 15042 // members unavailable. 15043 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 15044 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 15045 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 15046 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 15047 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, Loc)); 15048 return false; 15049 } 15050 } 15051 15052 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 15053 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 15054 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 15055 << FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 15056 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 15057 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 15058 } 15059 } 15060 } 15061 15062 return false; 15063 } 15064 15065 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 15066 /// AST enum value. 15067 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 15068 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 15069 switch (ivarVisibility) { 15070 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 15071 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 15072 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 15073 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 15074 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 15075 } 15076 } 15077 15078 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 15079 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 15080 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 15081 SourceLocation DeclStart, 15082 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 15083 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 15084 15085 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 15086 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 15087 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 15088 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 15089 15090 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 15091 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 15092 15093 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 15094 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 15095 15096 if (BitWidth) { 15097 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 15098 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get(); 15099 if (!BitWidth) 15100 D.setInvalidType(); 15101 } else { 15102 // Not a bitfield. 15103 15104 // validate II. 15105 15106 } 15107 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 15108 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 15109 D.setInvalidType(); 15110 } 15111 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 15112 // than a variably modified type. 15113 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 15114 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 15115 D.setInvalidType(); 15116 } 15117 15118 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 15119 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 15120 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 15121 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 15122 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 15123 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 15124 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 15125 return nullptr; 15126 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 15127 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 15128 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 15129 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 15130 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 15131 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 15132 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 15133 } 15134 else 15135 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 15136 } else { 15137 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 15138 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 15139 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 15140 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 15141 return nullptr; 15142 } 15143 } 15144 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 15145 } 15146 15147 // Construct the decl. 15148 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 15149 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 15150 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 15151 15152 if (II) { 15153 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 15154 ForVisibleRedeclaration); 15155 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 15156 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 15157 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 15158 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 15159 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 15160 } 15161 } 15162 15163 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 15164 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 15165 15166 if (D.isInvalidType()) 15167 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 15168 15169 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 15170 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 15171 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 15172 15173 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 15174 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 15175 15176 if (II) { 15177 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 15178 // these to the interface. 15179 S->AddDecl(NewID); 15180 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 15181 } 15182 15183 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 15184 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 15185 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 15186 15187 return NewID; 15188 } 15189 15190 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 15191 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 15192 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 15193 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 15194 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 15195 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 15196 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 15197 return; 15198 15199 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 15200 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 15201 15202 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->isZeroLengthBitField(Context)) 15203 return; 15204 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 15205 if (!ID) { 15206 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 15207 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 15208 return; 15209 } 15210 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 15211 else 15212 return; 15213 } 15214 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 15215 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 15216 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 15217 15218 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 15219 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr, 15220 Context.CharTy, 15221 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 15222 DeclLoc), 15223 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 15224 true); 15225 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 15226 } 15227 15228 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 15229 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, 15230 SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) { 15231 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 15232 15233 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 15234 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 15235 // it will now change. 15236 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 15237 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 15238 switch (DC->getKind()) { 15239 default: break; 15240 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 15241 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 15242 break; 15243 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 15244 Context. 15245 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 15246 break; 15247 } 15248 } 15249 15250 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 15251 15252 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 15253 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 15254 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 15255 if (Record) { 15256 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 15257 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 15258 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 15259 ++NumNamedMembers; 15260 } 15261 } 15262 15263 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 15264 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 15265 15266 bool ObjCFieldLifetimeErrReported = false; 15267 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 15268 i != end; ++i) { 15269 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 15270 15271 // Get the type for the field. 15272 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 15273 15274 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 15275 // Remember all fields written by the user. 15276 RecFields.push_back(FD); 15277 } 15278 15279 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 15280 // diagnostics about it. 15281 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 15282 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 15283 continue; 15284 } 15285 15286 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 15287 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 15288 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 15289 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 15290 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 15291 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 15292 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 15293 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 15294 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 15295 // array. 15296 bool IsLastField = (i + 1 == Fields.end()); 15297 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 15298 // Field declared as a function. 15299 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 15300 << FD->getDeclName(); 15301 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 15302 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 15303 continue; 15304 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && 15305 (Record || isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl))) { 15306 if (Record) { 15307 // Flexible array member. 15308 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 15309 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 15310 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 15311 unsigned DiagID = 0; 15312 if (!Record->isUnion() && !IsLastField) { 15313 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_not_at_end) 15314 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType() << Record->getTagKind(); 15315 Diag((*(i + 1))->getLocation(), diag::note_next_field_declaration); 15316 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 15317 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 15318 continue; 15319 } else if (Record->isUnion()) 15320 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 15321 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms 15322 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 15323 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu 15324 : diag::err_flexible_array_union; 15325 else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) 15326 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 15327 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms 15328 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 15329 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu 15330 : diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate; 15331 15332 if (DiagID) 15333 Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName() 15334 << Record->getTagKind(); 15335 // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified 15336 // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place 15337 // virtual bases after the derived members. This would make a flexible 15338 // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end 15339 // of the type. 15340 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) 15341 if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0) 15342 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base) 15343 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 15344 if (!getLangOpts().C99) 15345 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 15346 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 15347 15348 // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not 15349 // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now. 15350 // 15351 // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete 15352 // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this. 15353 QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 15354 if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) { 15355 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor) 15356 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 15357 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 15358 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 15359 continue; 15360 } 15361 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 15362 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 15363 } else { 15364 // In ObjCContainerDecl ivars with incomplete array type are accepted, 15365 // unless they are followed by another ivar. That check is done 15366 // elsewhere, after synthesized ivars are known. 15367 } 15368 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 15369 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 15370 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 15371 // Incomplete type 15372 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 15373 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 15374 continue; 15375 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 15376 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 15377 // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a 15378 // flexible array member. 15379 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 15380 if (!Record->isUnion()) { 15381 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 15382 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 15383 // structures. 15384 if (!IsLastField) 15385 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 15386 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 15387 else { 15388 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 15389 // other structs as an extension. 15390 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 15391 << FD->getDeclName(); 15392 } 15393 } 15394 } 15395 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 15396 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 15397 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 15398 AbstractIvarType)) { 15399 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 15400 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 15401 } 15402 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 15403 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 15404 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 15405 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 15406 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 15407 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 15408 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 15409 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 15410 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 15411 FD->setType(T); 15412 } else if (getLangOpts().allowsNonTrivialObjCLifetimeQualifiers() && 15413 Record && !ObjCFieldLifetimeErrReported && Record->isUnion()) { 15414 // It's an error in ARC or Weak if a field has lifetime. 15415 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 15416 // so we just make the field unavailable. 15417 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 15418 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 15419 QualType T = FD->getType(); 15420 if (T.hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime()) { 15421 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 15422 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 15423 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 15424 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 15425 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, loc)); 15426 } 15427 } else { 15428 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 15429 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 15430 } 15431 ObjCFieldLifetimeErrReported = true; 15432 } 15433 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 15434 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 15435 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 15436 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 15437 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 15438 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 15439 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 15440 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 15441 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 15442 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 15443 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 15444 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 15445 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 15446 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 15447 } 15448 } 15449 15450 if (Record && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 15451 QualType FT = FD->getType(); 15452 if (FT.isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize()) 15453 Record->setNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize(true); 15454 QualType::PrimitiveCopyKind PCK = FT.isNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy(); 15455 if (PCK != QualType::PCK_Trivial && PCK != QualType::PCK_VolatileTrivial) 15456 Record->setNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy(true); 15457 if (FT.isDestructedType()) { 15458 Record->setNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestroy(true); 15459 Record->setParamDestroyedInCallee(true); 15460 } 15461 15462 if (const auto *RT = FT->getAs<RecordType>()) { 15463 if (RT->getDecl()->getArgPassingRestrictions() == 15464 RecordDecl::APK_CanNeverPassInRegs) 15465 Record->setArgPassingRestrictions(RecordDecl::APK_CanNeverPassInRegs); 15466 } else if (FT.getQualifiers().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak) 15467 Record->setArgPassingRestrictions(RecordDecl::APK_CanNeverPassInRegs); 15468 } 15469 15470 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 15471 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 15472 // Keep track of the number of named members. 15473 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 15474 ++NumNamedMembers; 15475 } 15476 15477 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 15478 if (Record) { 15479 bool Completed = false; 15480 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 15481 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 15482 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 15483 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 15484 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 15485 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 15486 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 15487 } 15488 15489 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 15490 if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 15491 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 15492 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 15493 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord, 15494 CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 15495 } 15496 15497 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 15498 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 15499 15500 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 15501 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 15502 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 15503 // problem now. 15504 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 15505 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 15506 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 15507 15508 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 15509 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 15510 M != MEnd; ++M) { 15511 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 15512 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 15513 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 15514 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 15515 "Virtual function without overriding functions?"); 15516 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 15517 continue; 15518 15519 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 15520 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 15521 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 15522 // program is ill-formed. 15523 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 15524 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 15525 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 15526 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 15527 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 15528 OM = SO->second.begin(), 15529 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 15530 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 15531 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 15532 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 15533 15534 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 15535 } 15536 } 15537 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 15538 Completed = true; 15539 } 15540 } 15541 } 15542 } 15543 15544 if (!Completed) 15545 Record->completeDefinition(); 15546 15547 // Handle attributes before checking the layout. 15548 if (Attr) 15549 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 15550 15551 // We may have deferred checking for a deleted destructor. Check now. 15552 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 15553 auto *Dtor = CXXRecord->getDestructor(); 15554 if (Dtor && Dtor->isImplicit() && 15555 ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(Dtor, CXXDestructor)) { 15556 CXXRecord->setImplicitDestructorIsDeleted(); 15557 SetDeclDeleted(Dtor, CXXRecord->getLocation()); 15558 } 15559 } 15560 15561 if (Record->hasAttrs()) { 15562 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 15563 15564 if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) 15565 checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), 15566 IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 15567 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 15568 } 15569 15570 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero 15571 // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause 15572 // compatibility problems. 15573 bool CheckForZeroSize; 15574 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 15575 CheckForZeroSize = true; 15576 } else { 15577 // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code. 15578 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); 15579 CheckForZeroSize = 15580 CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() && 15581 !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && 15582 CXXRecord->isCLike(); 15583 } 15584 if (CheckForZeroSize) { 15585 bool ZeroSize = true; 15586 bool IsEmpty = true; 15587 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 15588 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 15589 E = Record->field_end(); 15590 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 15591 IsEmpty = false; 15592 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 15593 if (!I->isZeroLengthBitField(Context)) 15594 ZeroSize = false; 15595 } else { 15596 ++NonBitFields; 15597 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 15598 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 15599 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 15600 ZeroSize = false; 15601 } 15602 } 15603 15604 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are 15605 // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside 15606 // extern "C" block. 15607 if (ZeroSize) { 15608 Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? 15609 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c : 15610 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) 15611 << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 15612 } 15613 15614 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), 15615 // but are accepted by GCC. 15616 if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 15617 Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union : 15618 diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) 15619 << Record->isUnion(); 15620 } 15621 } 15622 } else { 15623 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 15624 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 15625 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 15626 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 15627 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 15628 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 15629 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 15630 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 15631 } 15632 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 15633 // duplicates. 15634 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 15635 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 15636 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 15637 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 15638 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 15639 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 15640 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 15641 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 15642 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 15643 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 15644 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 15645 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 15646 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 15647 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 15648 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 15649 // reported as errors elsewhere. 15650 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 15651 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 15652 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 15653 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 15654 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 15655 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 15656 if (IDecl) { 15657 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 15658 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 15659 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 15660 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 15661 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 15662 continue; 15663 } 15664 for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) { 15665 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 15666 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 15667 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 15668 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 15669 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 15670 continue; 15671 } 15672 } 15673 } 15674 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 15675 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 15676 } 15677 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 15678 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 15679 } 15680 } 15681 } 15682 15683 /// Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 15684 /// the given type T. 15685 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 15686 llvm::APSInt &Value, 15687 QualType T) { 15688 assert((T->isIntegralType(Context) || T->isEnumeralType()) && 15689 "Integral type required!"); 15690 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 15691 15692 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 15693 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 15694 --BitWidth; 15695 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 15696 } 15697 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 15698 } 15699 15700 // Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 15701 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 15702 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 15703 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 15704 // enum checking below. 15705 assert((T->isIntegralType(Context) || 15706 T->isEnumeralType()) && "Integral type required!"); 15707 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 15708 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 15709 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 15710 }; 15711 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 15712 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 15713 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 15714 }; 15715 15716 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 15717 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 15718 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 15719 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 15720 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 15721 return Types[I]; 15722 15723 return QualType(); 15724 } 15725 15726 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 15727 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 15728 SourceLocation IdLoc, 15729 IdentifierInfo *Id, 15730 Expr *Val) { 15731 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 15732 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 15733 QualType EltTy; 15734 15735 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 15736 Val = nullptr; 15737 15738 if (Val) 15739 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get(); 15740 15741 if (Val) { 15742 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 15743 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 15744 else { 15745 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 15746 !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 15747 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 15748 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 15749 // constant expression of the underlying type. 15750 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 15751 ExprResult Converted = 15752 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 15753 CCEK_Enumerator); 15754 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 15755 Val = nullptr; 15756 else 15757 Val = Converted.get(); 15758 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 15759 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 15760 &EnumVal).get())) { 15761 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 15762 } else { 15763 if (Enum->isComplete()) { 15764 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 15765 15766 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 15767 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 15768 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 15769 // expression checking. 15770 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 15771 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 15772 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 15773 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 15774 } else 15775 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 15776 } else 15777 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, 15778 EltTy->isBooleanType() ? 15779 CK_IntegralToBoolean : CK_IntegralCast) 15780 .get(); 15781 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 15782 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 15783 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 15784 // is the type of its initializing value: 15785 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 15786 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 15787 EltTy = Val->getType(); 15788 } else { 15789 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 15790 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 15791 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 15792 // representable as an int. 15793 15794 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 15795 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 15796 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 15797 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 15798 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 15799 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 15800 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 15801 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 15802 } 15803 EltTy = Val->getType(); 15804 } 15805 } 15806 } 15807 } 15808 15809 if (!Val) { 15810 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 15811 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 15812 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 15813 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 15814 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 15815 // is the type of its initializing value: 15816 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 15817 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 15818 // 15819 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 15820 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 15821 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 15822 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 15823 } 15824 else { 15825 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 15826 } 15827 } else { 15828 // Assign the last value + 1. 15829 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 15830 ++EnumVal; 15831 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 15832 15833 // Check for overflow on increment. 15834 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 15835 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 15836 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 15837 // is the type of its initializing value: 15838 // 15839 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 15840 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 15841 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 15842 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 15843 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 15844 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 15845 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 15846 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 15847 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 15848 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 15849 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 15850 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 15851 ++EnumVal; 15852 if (Enum->isFixed()) 15853 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 15854 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 15855 << EnumVal.toString(10) 15856 << EltTy; 15857 else 15858 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large) 15859 << EnumVal.toString(10); 15860 } else { 15861 EltTy = T; 15862 } 15863 15864 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 15865 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 15866 // value, then increment. 15867 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 15868 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 15869 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 15870 ++EnumVal; 15871 15872 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 15873 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 15874 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 15875 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 15876 // integral type. 15877 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 15878 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 15879 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 15880 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 15881 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 15882 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 15883 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 15884 } 15885 } 15886 } 15887 15888 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 15889 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 15890 // enumerator's type. 15891 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 15892 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 15893 } 15894 15895 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 15896 Val, EnumVal); 15897 } 15898 15899 Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II, 15900 SourceLocation IILoc) { 15901 if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) || 15902 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15903 return SkipBodyInfo(); 15904 15905 // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to 15906 // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and 15907 // skip the body. 15908 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 15909 forRedeclarationInCurContext()); 15910 auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl); 15911 if (!PrevECD) 15912 return SkipBodyInfo(); 15913 15914 EnumDecl *PrevED = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext()); 15915 NamedDecl *Hidden; 15916 if (!PrevED->getDeclName() && !hasVisibleDefinition(PrevED, &Hidden)) { 15917 SkipBodyInfo Skip; 15918 Skip.Previous = Hidden; 15919 return Skip; 15920 } 15921 15922 return SkipBodyInfo(); 15923 } 15924 15925 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 15926 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 15927 AttributeList *Attr, 15928 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 15929 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 15930 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 15931 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 15932 15933 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 15934 // we find one that is. 15935 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 15936 15937 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 15938 // scope. 15939 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 15940 ForVisibleRedeclaration); 15941 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 15942 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 15943 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 15944 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 15945 PrevDecl = nullptr; 15946 } 15947 15948 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 15949 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 15950 // different from T: 15951 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 15952 // enumerated type 15953 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !TheEnumDecl->isScoped()) 15954 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(), 15955 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc)); 15956 15957 EnumConstantDecl *New = 15958 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 15959 if (!New) 15960 return nullptr; 15961 15962 if (PrevDecl) { 15963 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 15964 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 15965 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 15966 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 15967 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 15968 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 15969 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 15970 else 15971 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 15972 notePreviousDefinition(PrevDecl, IdLoc); 15973 return nullptr; 15974 } 15975 } 15976 15977 // Process attributes. 15978 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 15979 AddPragmaAttributes(S, New); 15980 15981 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 15982 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 15983 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 15984 15985 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 15986 15987 return New; 15988 } 15989 15990 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 15991 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 15992 // Element2 = Element1 15993 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 15994 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 15995 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 15996 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 15997 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 15998 if (!InitExpr) 15999 return true; 16000 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 16001 16002 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 16003 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 16004 return true; 16005 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 16006 if (!IL) 16007 return true; 16008 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 16009 return true; 16010 16011 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 16012 } 16013 16014 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 16015 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 16016 if (!DRE) 16017 return true; 16018 16019 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 16020 if (!EnumConstant) 16021 return true; 16022 16023 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 16024 Enum) 16025 return true; 16026 16027 return false; 16028 } 16029 16030 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 16031 // a previous element has already been set to. 16032 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 16033 EnumDecl *Enum, QualType EnumType) { 16034 // Avoid anonymous enums 16035 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 16036 return; 16037 16038 // Only check for small enums. 16039 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 16040 return; 16041 16042 if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation())) 16043 return; 16044 16045 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 16046 typedef SmallVector<std::unique_ptr<ECDVector>, 3> DuplicatesVector; 16047 16048 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 16049 typedef llvm::DenseMap<int64_t, DeclOrVector> ValueToVectorMap; 16050 16051 // Use int64_t as a key to avoid needing special handling for DenseMap keys. 16052 auto EnumConstantToKey = [](const EnumConstantDecl *D) { 16053 llvm::APSInt Val = D->getInitVal(); 16054 return Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(); 16055 }; 16056 16057 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 16058 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 16059 16060 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 16061 // an initializer. 16062 for (auto *Element : Elements) { 16063 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Element); 16064 16065 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 16066 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 16067 if (!ECD) { 16068 return; 16069 } 16070 16071 // Constants with initalizers are handled in the next loop. 16072 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 16073 continue; 16074 16075 // Duplicate values are handled in the next loop. 16076 EnumMap.insert({EnumConstantToKey(ECD), ECD}); 16077 } 16078 16079 if (EnumMap.size() == 0) 16080 return; 16081 16082 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 16083 for (auto *Element : Elements) { 16084 // The last loop returned if any constant was null. 16085 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Element); 16086 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 16087 continue; 16088 16089 auto Iter = EnumMap.find(EnumConstantToKey(ECD)); 16090 if (Iter == EnumMap.end()) 16091 continue; 16092 16093 DeclOrVector& Entry = Iter->second; 16094 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 16095 // Ensure constants are different. 16096 if (D == ECD) 16097 continue; 16098 16099 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 16100 auto Vec = llvm::make_unique<ECDVector>(); 16101 Vec->push_back(D); 16102 Vec->push_back(ECD); 16103 16104 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 16105 Entry = Vec.get(); 16106 16107 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 16108 // diagnostics. 16109 DupVector.emplace_back(std::move(Vec)); 16110 continue; 16111 } 16112 16113 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 16114 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 16115 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 16116 continue; 16117 16118 Vec->push_back(ECD); 16119 } 16120 16121 // Emit diagnostics. 16122 for (const auto &Vec : DupVector) { 16123 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 16124 16125 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 16126 auto *FirstECD = Vec->front(); 16127 S.Diag(FirstECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 16128 << FirstECD << FirstECD->getInitVal().toString(10) 16129 << FirstECD->getSourceRange(); 16130 16131 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 16132 // the same value. 16133 for (auto *ECD : llvm::make_range(Vec->begin() + 1, Vec->end())) 16134 S.Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 16135 << ECD << ECD->getInitVal().toString(10) 16136 << ECD->getSourceRange(); 16137 } 16138 } 16139 16140 bool Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val, 16141 bool AllowMask) const { 16142 assert(ED->isClosedFlag() && "looking for value in non-flag or open enum"); 16143 assert(ED->isCompleteDefinition() && "expected enum definition"); 16144 16145 auto R = FlagBitsCache.insert(std::make_pair(ED, llvm::APInt())); 16146 llvm::APInt &FlagBits = R.first->second; 16147 16148 if (R.second) { 16149 for (auto *E : ED->enumerators()) { 16150 const auto &EVal = E->getInitVal(); 16151 // Only single-bit enumerators introduce new flag values. 16152 if (EVal.isPowerOf2()) 16153 FlagBits = FlagBits.zextOrSelf(EVal.getBitWidth()) | EVal; 16154 } 16155 } 16156 16157 // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's 16158 // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is 16159 // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we 16160 // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value. 16161 // 16162 // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is 16163 // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is 16164 // likely a logic error. 16165 llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FlagBits.zextOrTrunc(Val.getBitWidth()); 16166 return !(FlagMask & Val) || (AllowMask && !(FlagMask & ~Val)); 16167 } 16168 16169 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceRange BraceRange, 16170 Decl *EnumDeclX, 16171 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 16172 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 16173 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 16174 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 16175 16176 if (Attr) 16177 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 16178 16179 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 16180 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 16181 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 16182 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 16183 if (!ECD) continue; 16184 16185 ECD->setType(EnumType); 16186 } 16187 16188 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 16189 return; 16190 } 16191 16192 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 16193 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 16194 // emit a warning. 16195 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 16196 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 16197 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 16198 16199 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 16200 // reverse the list. 16201 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 16202 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 16203 16204 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 16205 bool AllElementsInt = true; 16206 16207 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 16208 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 16209 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 16210 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 16211 16212 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 16213 16214 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 16215 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 16216 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 16217 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 16218 else 16219 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 16220 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 16221 16222 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 16223 if (AllElementsInt) 16224 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 16225 } 16226 16227 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 16228 QualType BestType; 16229 unsigned BestWidth; 16230 16231 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 16232 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 16233 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 16234 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 16235 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 16236 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 16237 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 16238 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 16239 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 16240 QualType BestPromotionType; 16241 16242 bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 16243 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 16244 // enum definitions. 16245 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 16246 Packed = true; 16247 16248 // If the enum already has a type because it is fixed or dictated by the 16249 // target, promote that type instead of analyzing the enumerators. 16250 if (Enum->isComplete()) { 16251 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 16252 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 16253 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 16254 else 16255 BestPromotionType = BestType; 16256 16257 BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType); 16258 } 16259 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 16260 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 16261 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 16262 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 16263 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 16264 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 16265 BestWidth = CharWidth; 16266 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 16267 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 16268 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 16269 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 16270 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 16271 BestType = Context.IntTy; 16272 BestWidth = IntWidth; 16273 } else { 16274 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 16275 16276 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 16277 BestType = Context.LongTy; 16278 } else { 16279 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 16280 16281 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 16282 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large); 16283 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 16284 } 16285 } 16286 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 16287 } else { 16288 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 16289 // all of the enumerator values. 16290 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 16291 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 16292 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 16293 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 16294 BestWidth = CharWidth; 16295 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 16296 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 16297 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 16298 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 16299 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 16300 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 16301 BestWidth = IntWidth; 16302 BestPromotionType 16303 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 16304 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 16305 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 16306 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 16307 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 16308 BestPromotionType 16309 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 16310 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 16311 } else { 16312 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 16313 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 16314 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 16315 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 16316 BestPromotionType 16317 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 16318 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 16319 } 16320 } 16321 16322 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 16323 // the type of the enum if needed. 16324 for (auto *D : Elements) { 16325 auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 16326 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 16327 16328 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 16329 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 16330 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 16331 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 16332 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 16333 16334 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 16335 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 16336 16337 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 16338 // the enum decl type. 16339 QualType NewTy; 16340 unsigned NewWidth; 16341 bool NewSign; 16342 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 16343 !Enum->isFixed() && 16344 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 16345 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 16346 NewWidth = IntWidth; 16347 NewSign = true; 16348 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 16349 // Already the right type! 16350 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 16351 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 16352 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 16353 // enumeration. 16354 ECD->setType(EnumType); 16355 continue; 16356 } else { 16357 NewTy = BestType; 16358 NewWidth = BestWidth; 16359 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 16360 } 16361 16362 // Adjust the APSInt value. 16363 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 16364 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 16365 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 16366 16367 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 16368 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 16369 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 16370 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 16371 CK_IntegralCast, 16372 ECD->getInitExpr(), 16373 /*base paths*/ nullptr, 16374 VK_RValue)); 16375 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 16376 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 16377 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 16378 // enumeration. 16379 ECD->setType(EnumType); 16380 else 16381 ECD->setType(NewTy); 16382 } 16383 16384 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 16385 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 16386 16387 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 16388 16389 if (Enum->isClosedFlag()) { 16390 for (Decl *D : Elements) { 16391 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 16392 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 16393 16394 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 16395 if (InitVal != 0 && !InitVal.isPowerOf2() && 16396 !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true)) 16397 Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range) 16398 << ECD << Enum; 16399 } 16400 } 16401 16402 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 16403 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 16404 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 16405 } 16406 16407 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 16408 SourceLocation StartLoc, 16409 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 16410 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 16411 16412 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 16413 AsmString, StartLoc, 16414 EndLoc); 16415 CurContext->addDecl(New); 16416 return New; 16417 } 16418 16419 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M, 16420 SourceLocation ImportLoc, DeclContext *DC, 16421 bool FromInclude = false) { 16422 SourceLocation ExternCLoc; 16423 16424 if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) { 16425 switch (LSD->getLanguage()) { 16426 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c: 16427 if (ExternCLoc.isInvalid()) 16428 ExternCLoc = LSD->getLocStart(); 16429 break; 16430 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx: 16431 break; 16432 } 16433 DC = LSD->getParent(); 16434 } 16435 16436 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC) || isa<ExportDecl>(DC)) 16437 DC = DC->getParent(); 16438 16439 if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 16440 S.Diag(ImportLoc, (FromInclude && S.isModuleVisible(M)) 16441 ? diag::ext_module_import_not_at_top_level_noop 16442 : diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level_fatal) 16443 << M->getFullModuleName() << DC; 16444 S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(), 16445 diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level) << DC; 16446 } else if (!M->IsExternC && ExternCLoc.isValid()) { 16447 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::ext_module_import_in_extern_c) 16448 << M->getFullModuleName(); 16449 S.Diag(ExternCLoc, diag::note_extern_c_begins_here); 16450 } 16451 } 16452 16453 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ActOnModuleDecl(SourceLocation StartLoc, 16454 SourceLocation ModuleLoc, 16455 ModuleDeclKind MDK, 16456 ModuleIdPath Path) { 16457 assert(getLangOpts().ModulesTS && 16458 "should only have module decl in modules TS"); 16459 16460 // A module implementation unit requires that we are not compiling a module 16461 // of any kind. A module interface unit requires that we are not compiling a 16462 // module map. 16463 switch (getLangOpts().getCompilingModule()) { 16464 case LangOptions::CMK_None: 16465 // It's OK to compile a module interface as a normal translation unit. 16466 break; 16467 16468 case LangOptions::CMK_ModuleInterface: 16469 if (MDK != ModuleDeclKind::Implementation) 16470 break; 16471 16472 // We were asked to compile a module interface unit but this is a module 16473 // implementation unit. That indicates the 'export' is missing. 16474 Diag(ModuleLoc, diag::err_module_interface_implementation_mismatch) 16475 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(ModuleLoc, "export "); 16476 MDK = ModuleDeclKind::Interface; 16477 break; 16478 16479 case LangOptions::CMK_ModuleMap: 16480 Diag(ModuleLoc, diag::err_module_decl_in_module_map_module); 16481 return nullptr; 16482 } 16483 16484 assert(ModuleScopes.size() == 1 && "expected to be at global module scope"); 16485 16486 // FIXME: Most of this work should be done by the preprocessor rather than 16487 // here, in order to support macro import. 16488 16489 // Only one module-declaration is permitted per source file. 16490 if (ModuleScopes.back().Module->Kind == Module::ModuleInterfaceUnit) { 16491 Diag(ModuleLoc, diag::err_module_redeclaration); 16492 Diag(VisibleModules.getImportLoc(ModuleScopes.back().Module), 16493 diag::note_prev_module_declaration); 16494 return nullptr; 16495 } 16496 16497 // Flatten the dots in a module name. Unlike Clang's hierarchical module map 16498 // modules, the dots here are just another character that can appear in a 16499 // module name. 16500 std::string ModuleName; 16501 for (auto &Piece : Path) { 16502 if (!ModuleName.empty()) 16503 ModuleName += "."; 16504 ModuleName += Piece.first->getName(); 16505 } 16506 16507 // If a module name was explicitly specified on the command line, it must be 16508 // correct. 16509 if (!getLangOpts().CurrentModule.empty() && 16510 getLangOpts().CurrentModule != ModuleName) { 16511 Diag(Path.front().second, diag::err_current_module_name_mismatch) 16512 << SourceRange(Path.front().second, Path.back().second) 16513 << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 16514 return nullptr; 16515 } 16516 const_cast<LangOptions&>(getLangOpts()).CurrentModule = ModuleName; 16517 16518 auto &Map = PP.getHeaderSearchInfo().getModuleMap(); 16519 Module *Mod; 16520 16521 switch (MDK) { 16522 case ModuleDeclKind::Interface: { 16523 // We can't have parsed or imported a definition of this module or parsed a 16524 // module map defining it already. 16525 if (auto *M = Map.findModule(ModuleName)) { 16526 Diag(Path[0].second, diag::err_module_redefinition) << ModuleName; 16527 if (M->DefinitionLoc.isValid()) 16528 Diag(M->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_prev_module_definition); 16529 else if (const auto *FE = M->getASTFile()) 16530 Diag(M->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_prev_module_definition_from_ast_file) 16531 << FE->getName(); 16532 Mod = M; 16533 break; 16534 } 16535 16536 // Create a Module for the module that we're defining. 16537 Mod = Map.createModuleForInterfaceUnit(ModuleLoc, ModuleName, 16538 ModuleScopes.front().Module); 16539 assert(Mod && "module creation should not fail"); 16540 break; 16541 } 16542 16543 case ModuleDeclKind::Partition: 16544 // FIXME: Check we are in a submodule of the named module. 16545 return nullptr; 16546 16547 case ModuleDeclKind::Implementation: 16548 std::pair<IdentifierInfo *, SourceLocation> ModuleNameLoc( 16549 PP.getIdentifierInfo(ModuleName), Path[0].second); 16550 Mod = getModuleLoader().loadModule(ModuleLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible, 16551 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 16552 if (!Mod) { 16553 Diag(ModuleLoc, diag::err_module_not_defined) << ModuleName; 16554 // Create an empty module interface unit for error recovery. 16555 Mod = Map.createModuleForInterfaceUnit(ModuleLoc, ModuleName, 16556 ModuleScopes.front().Module); 16557 } 16558 break; 16559 } 16560 16561 // Switch from the global module to the named module. 16562 ModuleScopes.back().Module = Mod; 16563 ModuleScopes.back().ModuleInterface = MDK != ModuleDeclKind::Implementation; 16564 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ModuleLoc); 16565 16566 // From now on, we have an owning module for all declarations we see. 16567 // However, those declarations are module-private unless explicitly 16568 // exported. 16569 auto *TU = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 16570 TU->setModuleOwnershipKind(Decl::ModuleOwnershipKind::ModulePrivate); 16571 TU->setLocalOwningModule(Mod); 16572 16573 // FIXME: Create a ModuleDecl. 16574 return nullptr; 16575 } 16576 16577 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation StartLoc, 16578 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 16579 ModuleIdPath Path) { 16580 Module *Mod = 16581 getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible, 16582 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 16583 if (!Mod) 16584 return true; 16585 16586 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ImportLoc); 16587 16588 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext); 16589 16590 // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule 16591 // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than 16592 // silently ignoring the import. 16593 // Import-from-implementation is valid in the Modules TS. FIXME: Should we 16594 // warn on a redundant import of the current module? 16595 if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule && 16596 (getLangOpts().isCompilingModule() || !getLangOpts().ModulesTS)) 16597 Diag(ImportLoc, getLangOpts().isCompilingModule() 16598 ? diag::err_module_self_import 16599 : diag::err_module_import_in_implementation) 16600 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 16601 16602 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 16603 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 16604 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 16605 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 16606 // We need the length to be consistent. 16607 if (!ModCheck) 16608 break; 16609 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 16610 16611 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 16612 } 16613 16614 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, StartLoc, 16615 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 16616 if (!ModuleScopes.empty()) 16617 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, Import); 16618 CurContext->addDecl(Import); 16619 16620 // Re-export the module if needed. 16621 if (Import->isExported() && 16622 !ModuleScopes.empty() && ModuleScopes.back().ModuleInterface) 16623 getCurrentModule()->Exports.emplace_back(Mod, false); 16624 16625 return Import; 16626 } 16627 16628 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 16629 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext, true); 16630 BuildModuleInclude(DirectiveLoc, Mod); 16631 } 16632 16633 void Sema::BuildModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 16634 // Determine whether we're in the #include buffer for a module. The #includes 16635 // in that buffer do not qualify as module imports; they're just an 16636 // implementation detail of us building the module. 16637 // 16638 // FIXME: Should we even get ActOnModuleInclude calls for those? 16639 bool IsInModuleIncludes = 16640 TUKind == TU_Module && 16641 getSourceManager().isWrittenInMainFile(DirectiveLoc); 16642 16643 bool ShouldAddImport = !IsInModuleIncludes; 16644 16645 // If this module import was due to an inclusion directive, create an 16646 // implicit import declaration to capture it in the AST. 16647 if (ShouldAddImport) { 16648 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 16649 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 16650 DirectiveLoc, Mod, 16651 DirectiveLoc); 16652 if (!ModuleScopes.empty()) 16653 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, ImportD); 16654 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 16655 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 16656 } 16657 16658 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc); 16659 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 16660 } 16661 16662 void Sema::ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 16663 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext, true); 16664 16665 ModuleScopes.push_back({}); 16666 ModuleScopes.back().Module = Mod; 16667 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 16668 ModuleScopes.back().OuterVisibleModules = std::move(VisibleModules); 16669 16670 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 16671 16672 // The enclosing context is now part of this module. 16673 // FIXME: Consider creating a child DeclContext to hold the entities 16674 // lexically within the module. 16675 if (getLangOpts().trackLocalOwningModule()) { 16676 for (auto *DC = CurContext; DC; DC = DC->getLexicalParent()) { 16677 cast<Decl>(DC)->setModuleOwnershipKind( 16678 getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility 16679 ? Decl::ModuleOwnershipKind::VisibleWhenImported 16680 : Decl::ModuleOwnershipKind::Visible); 16681 cast<Decl>(DC)->setLocalOwningModule(Mod); 16682 } 16683 } 16684 } 16685 16686 void Sema::ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation EomLoc, Module *Mod) { 16687 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) { 16688 VisibleModules = std::move(ModuleScopes.back().OuterVisibleModules); 16689 // Leaving a module hides namespace names, so our visible namespace cache 16690 // is now out of date. 16691 VisibleNamespaceCache.clear(); 16692 } 16693 16694 assert(!ModuleScopes.empty() && ModuleScopes.back().Module == Mod && 16695 "left the wrong module scope"); 16696 ModuleScopes.pop_back(); 16697 16698 // We got to the end of processing a local module. Create an 16699 // ImportDecl as we would for an imported module. 16700 FileID File = getSourceManager().getFileID(EomLoc); 16701 SourceLocation DirectiveLoc; 16702 if (EomLoc == getSourceManager().getLocForEndOfFile(File)) { 16703 // We reached the end of a #included module header. Use the #include loc. 16704 assert(File != getSourceManager().getMainFileID() && 16705 "end of submodule in main source file"); 16706 DirectiveLoc = getSourceManager().getIncludeLoc(File); 16707 } else { 16708 // We reached an EOM pragma. Use the pragma location. 16709 DirectiveLoc = EomLoc; 16710 } 16711 BuildModuleInclude(DirectiveLoc, Mod); 16712 16713 // Any further declarations are in whatever module we returned to. 16714 if (getLangOpts().trackLocalOwningModule()) { 16715 // The parser guarantees that this is the same context that we entered 16716 // the module within. 16717 for (auto *DC = CurContext; DC; DC = DC->getLexicalParent()) { 16718 cast<Decl>(DC)->setLocalOwningModule(getCurrentModule()); 16719 if (!getCurrentModule()) 16720 cast<Decl>(DC)->setModuleOwnershipKind( 16721 Decl::ModuleOwnershipKind::Unowned); 16722 } 16723 } 16724 } 16725 16726 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc, 16727 Module *Mod) { 16728 // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here. 16729 if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery || 16730 VisibleModules.isVisible(Mod)) 16731 return; 16732 16733 // Create the implicit import declaration. 16734 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 16735 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 16736 Loc, Mod, Loc); 16737 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 16738 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 16739 16740 // Make the module visible. 16741 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc); 16742 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, Loc); 16743 } 16744 16745 /// We have parsed the start of an export declaration, including the '{' 16746 /// (if present). 16747 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartExportDecl(Scope *S, SourceLocation ExportLoc, 16748 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 16749 ExportDecl *D = ExportDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, ExportLoc); 16750 16751 // C++ Modules TS draft: 16752 // An export-declaration shall appear in the purview of a module other than 16753 // the global module. 16754 if (ModuleScopes.empty() || !ModuleScopes.back().ModuleInterface) 16755 Diag(ExportLoc, diag::err_export_not_in_module_interface); 16756 16757 // An export-declaration [...] shall not contain more than one 16758 // export keyword. 16759 // 16760 // The intent here is that an export-declaration cannot appear within another 16761 // export-declaration. 16762 if (D->isExported()) 16763 Diag(ExportLoc, diag::err_export_within_export); 16764 16765 CurContext->addDecl(D); 16766 PushDeclContext(S, D); 16767 D->setModuleOwnershipKind(Decl::ModuleOwnershipKind::VisibleWhenImported); 16768 return D; 16769 } 16770 16771 /// Complete the definition of an export declaration. 16772 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishExportDecl(Scope *S, Decl *D, SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 16773 auto *ED = cast<ExportDecl>(D); 16774 if (RBraceLoc.isValid()) 16775 ED->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 16776 16777 // FIXME: Diagnose export of internal-linkage declaration (including 16778 // anonymous namespace). 16779 16780 PopDeclContext(); 16781 return D; 16782 } 16783 16784 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 16785 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 16786 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 16787 SourceLocation NameLoc, 16788 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 16789 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 16790 LookupOrdinaryName); 16791 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 16792 AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, AliasName->getName(), AliasNameLoc); 16793 16794 // If a declaration that: 16795 // 1) declares a function or a variable 16796 // 2) has external linkage 16797 // already exists, add a label attribute to it. 16798 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 16799 if (isDeclExternC(PrevDecl)) 16800 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 16801 else 16802 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 16803 << /*Variable*/(isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) ? 0 : 1) << PrevDecl; 16804 // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers. 16805 } else 16806 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr)); 16807 } 16808 16809 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 16810 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 16811 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 16812 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 16813 16814 if (PrevDecl) { 16815 PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc)); 16816 } else { 16817 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 16818 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 16819 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc))); 16820 } 16821 } 16822 16823 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 16824 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 16825 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 16826 SourceLocation NameLoc, 16827 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 16828 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 16829 LookupOrdinaryName); 16830 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 16831 16832 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 16833 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 16834 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 16835 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 16836 } else { 16837 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 16838 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 16839 } 16840 } 16841 16842 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 16843 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 16844 } 16845